[opensuse-translation-commit] r96849 - branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po

Author: keichwa Date: 2016-09-13 14:11:19 +0200 (Tue, 13 Sep 2016) New Revision: 96849 Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/alternatives.ja.po Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/add-on-creator.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/add-on.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/audit-laf.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/auth-client.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/auth-server.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/autoinst.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/base.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/bootloader.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/ca-management.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/cio.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/cluster.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/control-center.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/control.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/country.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/crowbar.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/dhcp-server.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/dns-server.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/docker.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/drbd.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/fcoe-client.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/firewall-services.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/firewall.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/firstboot.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/fonts.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/ftp-server.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/geo-cluster.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/http-server.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/inetd.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/installation.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/instserver.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/iplb.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/iscsi-client.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/iscsi-lio-server.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/isns.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/journal.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/journalctl.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/kdump.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/languages_db.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/ldap-client.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/ldap.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/live-installer.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/mail.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/migration.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/multipath.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/network.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/nfs.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/nfs_server.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/nis.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/nis_server.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/ntp-client.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/oneclickinstall.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/online-update-configuration.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/online-update.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/opensuse_mirror.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/packager.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/pam.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/pkg-bindings.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/printer.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/product-creator.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/proxy.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/rear.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/registration.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/relocation-server.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/s390.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/samba-client.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/samba-server.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/samba-users.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/scanner.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/security.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/services-manager.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/slp-server.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/snapper.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/sound.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/squid.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/storage.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/sudo.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/support.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/sysconfig.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/tftp-server.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/timezone_db.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/tune.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/update.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/users.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/vm.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/vpn.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/wol.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/xpram.ja.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/yast2-apparmor.ja.po Log: merged Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/add-on-creator.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/add-on-creator.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:10:13 UTC (rev 96848) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/add-on-creator.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:11:19 UTC (rev 96849) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: add-on-creator\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:40\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/add-on.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/add-on.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:10:13 UTC (rev 96848) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/add-on.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:11:19 UTC (rev 96849) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: add-on\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:40\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Added: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/alternatives.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/alternatives.ja.po (rev 0) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/alternatives.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:11:19 UTC (rev 96849) @@ -0,0 +1,115 @@ +# Japanese message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG. +# Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 SuSE GmbH. +# Mike Fabian <mfabian@suse.de>, 2000, 2001. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-12 09:12+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2001-09-24 20:04+02:00\n" +"Last-Translator: Mike Fabian <mfabian@suse.de>\n" +"Language-Team: Japanese <i18n@suse.de>\n" +"Language: ja\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#. Dialog for displaying possible Choices for one particular Alternative. +#: src/lib/y2_alternatives/dialog/edit_alternative.rb:86 +msgid "Choice" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/y2_alternatives/dialog/edit_alternative.rb:86 +msgid "Priority" +msgstr "優先度" + +#: src/lib/y2_alternatives/dialog/edit_alternative.rb:99 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Set option" +msgid "Set choice" +msgstr "オプションを設定する" + +#: src/lib/y2_alternatives/dialog/edit_alternative.rb:100 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Set up automatic online update" +msgid "Set automatic mode" +msgstr "自動オンライン更新の設定" + +#: src/lib/y2_alternatives/dialog/edit_alternative.rb:109 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Name:" +msgid "Name:" +msgstr "名前 (&N):" + +#: src/lib/y2_alternatives/dialog/edit_alternative.rb:110 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Status" +msgid "Status:" +msgstr "状態" + +#: src/lib/y2_alternatives/dialog/edit_alternative.rb:111 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Current Time" +msgid "Current choice:" +msgstr "現在の時刻" + +#. Dialog where all alternatives groups in the system are listed. +#: src/lib/y2_alternatives/dialog/list_alternatives.rb:53 +msgid "Help" +msgstr "ヘルプ" + +#: src/lib/y2_alternatives/dialog/list_alternatives.rb:61 +msgid "" +"<p>The alternatives system is used when some equivalent applications are installed in the system. For example if several implementations and versions of Java are installed, the alternatives system will be used to decide which one to use when the command \"java\" is called.</p><p>Every alternative have an status, it can be automatic or manual. In <b>automatic mode</b> the system uses the choice with higher priority. Note that <b>priority</b> is set by the packages creators trying to provide reasonable defaults. The <b>manual mode</b> is set when the user selects a choice manually.</p><p>To change the current choice of an alternative, select the alternative, click the <b>edit</b> button then select the desired choice in the table and click on the <b>set choice</b> button. If you want to have the alternative in automatic mode just click the <b>set automatic mode</b> button in the edit dialog.</p><p>Furthermore every choice has its own set of <b>slaves</b>, these will be applied in the system when the choice is selected.</p><p>For example, given an alternative \"editor\" that has two choices.The first choice \"/bin/ed\" with the slave:</p><pre> editor.1.gz /usr/share/man/man1/ed.1.gz</pre><p>Another choice \"/usr/bin/vim\" with the following slaves:</p><pre> editor.1.gz /usr/share/man/man1/vim.1.gz\n" +" editor.fr.1.gz /usr/share/man/fr/man1/vim.1.gz\n" +" editor.it.1.gz /usr/share/man/it/man1/vim.1.gz\n" +" editor.pl.1.gz /usr/share/man/pl/man1/vim.1.gz\n" +" editor.ru.1.gz /usr/share/man/ru/man1/vim.1.gz\n" +"</pre><p>In this case if the second choice is selected all its slaves will be modified, or created if they do not exist already. If the \"/bin/ed\" choice is set afterward, the slave \"editor.1.gz\" will be modified and the others will be removed.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/y2_alternatives/dialog/list_alternatives.rb:115 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<p>All your choices will be lost when exiting with Cancel.<br>Really exit?</p>" +msgid "" +"All the changes will be lost if you leave with Cancel.\n" +"Do you really want to quit?" +msgstr "<p>キャンセルして終了すると、これまでのすべての選択が無効になります。<br>本当に終了してもよろしいですか?</p>" + +#: src/lib/y2_alternatives/dialog/list_alternatives.rb:143 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Current Time" +msgid "Current choice" +msgstr "現在の時刻" + +#: src/lib/y2_alternatives/dialog/list_alternatives.rb:143 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "名前" + +#: src/lib/y2_alternatives/dialog/list_alternatives.rb:143 +msgid "Status" +msgstr "状態" + +#: src/lib/y2_alternatives/dialog/list_alternatives.rb:150 +msgid "auto" +msgstr "auto" + +#: src/lib/y2_alternatives/dialog/list_alternatives.rb:151 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "[manually set]" +msgid "manual" +msgstr "[手動設定]" + +#: src/lib/y2_alternatives/dialog/list_alternatives.rb:172 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Search in" +msgid "Search by name" +msgstr "検索対象" + +#: src/lib/y2_alternatives/dialog/list_alternatives.rb:176 +msgid "Show only alternatives with more than one choice" +msgstr "" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/audit-laf.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/audit-laf.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:10:13 UTC (rev 96848) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/audit-laf.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:11:19 UTC (rev 96849) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: audit-laf\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:40\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/auth-client.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/auth-client.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:10:13 UTC (rev 96848) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/auth-client.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:11:19 UTC (rev 96849) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: auth-client\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:40\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" @@ -964,7 +964,7 @@ msgid "Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value or a template." msgstr "ユーザのホームディレクトリを上書きします。絶対値またはテンプレートのいずれかを指定できます。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:228 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1213 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:228 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1251 msgid "Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified explicitly by the domain's data provider." msgstr "ドメインのデータプロバイダによって明示的に指定されていない場合、ユーザのホームディレクトリのデフォルトのテンプレートを設定します。" @@ -984,7 +984,7 @@ msgid "The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine." msgstr "許可されたシェルがマシン上にインストールされていない場合に使用するデフォルトシェル。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:249 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1217 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:249 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1255 msgid "The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup." msgstr "プロバイダが検索時にシェルを返さない場合に使用するデフォルトシェル。" @@ -1013,8 +1013,8 @@ msgstr "SSSDがオンラインのときのPAM要求は、最新の情報で認証が行われるように、SSSDはユーザのキャッシュされたID情報をすぐに更新しようとします。" #. The kerberos domain section -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:296 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:815 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1100 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:296 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:809 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1138 msgid "Display a warning N days before the password expires." msgstr "パスワードが失効するN日前に警告を表示します。" @@ -1206,528 +1206,573 @@ msgid "(Active Directory specific) Use token-groups attribute if available" msgstr "(Active Directory固有)使用可能な場合はtoken-groups属性を使用します" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:595 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:594 msgid "URIs (ldap://) of LDAP servers (comma separated)" msgstr "LDAPサーバのURI (ldap://) (コンマ区切り)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:601 -msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP sudo rules." -msgstr "LDAP sudoルールを実行する際に使用するデフォルトのベースDN。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:599 +msgid "An optional base DN to restrict LDAP sudo-rule searches. The default value is ldap_search_base." +msgstr "" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:606 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:603 msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference." msgstr "SSSDが接続するLDAPサーバのURIを優先順で示した、カンマ区切りリストを指定します。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:612 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:618 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:608 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:613 msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user." msgstr "SSSDが接続するLDAPサーバのURIを優先順で示した、ユーザパスワード変更用のカンマ区切りリストを指定します。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:624 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:618 msgid "Base DN for LDAP search" msgstr "LDAP検索のベースDN" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:631 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:625 msgid "LDAP schema type" msgstr "LDAPスキーマのタイプ" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:635 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:629 msgid "The default bind DN to use for performing LDAP operations." msgstr "LDAP操作を実行する際に使用するデフォルトのベースDN。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:641 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:635 msgid "The type of the authentication token of the default bind DN." msgstr "デフォルトのベースDNの認証トークンのタイプ。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:645 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:639 msgid "The authentication token of the default bind DN." msgstr "デフォルトのバインドDNの認証トークン。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:650 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:644 msgid "The object class of a user entry in LDAP." msgstr "LDAPのユーザエントリのオブジェクトクラス。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:655 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:649 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's login name." msgstr "ユーザのログイン名に対応するLDAP属性。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:660 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:654 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's id." msgstr "ユーザのIDに対応するLDAP属性。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:665 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:659 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's primary group id." msgstr "ユーザのプライマリグループIDに対応するLDAP属性。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:670 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:664 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's gecos field." msgstr "ユーザのgecosフィールドに対応するLDAP属性。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:675 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:669 msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory." msgstr " ユーザのホームディレクトリの名前を含むLDAP属性。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:680 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:674 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the path to the user's default shell." msgstr "ユーザのデフォルトシェルへのパスを含むLDAP属性。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:685 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:679 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP user object." msgstr "LDAPユーザオブジェクトのUUID/GUIDを含むLDAP属性。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:690 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:684 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP user object." msgstr "LDAPユーザオブジェクトのobjectSIDを含むLDAP属性。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:695 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:900 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:689 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:894 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object." msgstr "親オブジェクトの最終変更タイムスタンプを含むLDAP属性。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:700 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:694 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last password change)." msgstr "ldap_pwd_policy=shadowを使用するときに、このパラメータには、shadow(5)カウンタパーツ(前回のパスワード変更の日付)に対応するLDAP属性の名前が含まれています。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:705 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:699 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password age)." msgstr "ldap_pwd_policy=shadowを使用するときに、このパラメータには、shadow(5)カウンタパーツ(パスワードの最低使用日数)に対応するLDAP属性の名前が含まれています。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:710 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:704 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password age)." msgstr "ldap_pwd_policy=shadowを使用するときに、このパラメータには、shadow(5)カウンタパーツ(パスワードの最大有効日数)に対応するLDAP属性の名前が含まれています。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:715 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:709 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning period)." msgstr "ldap_pwd_policy=shadowを使用するときに、このパラメータには、shadow(5)カウンタパーツ(パスワードの警告期間)に対応するLDAP属性の名前が含まれています。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:720 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:714 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password inactivity period)." msgstr "ldap_pwd_policy=shadowを使用するときに、このパラメータには、shadow(5)カウンタパーツ(パスワードの非アクティブ期間)に対応するLDAP属性の名前が含まれています。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:725 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:719 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (account expiration date)." msgstr "ldap_pwd_policy=shadowまたはldap_account_expire_policy=shadowを使用するときに、このパラメータには、shadow(5)カウンタパーツ(アカウント有効期限)に対応するLDAP属性の名前が含まれています。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:730 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:724 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in kerberos." msgstr "ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberosを使用するときに、このパラメータには、kerberosでの前回のパスワード変更日時を格納しているLDAP属性の名前が含まれています。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:735 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:729 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires." msgstr "ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberosを使用するときに、このパラメータには、現在のパスワードが失効する日時を格納しているLDAP属性の名前が含まれています。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:740 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:734 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account." msgstr "ldap_account_expire_policy=adを使用するときに、このパラメータには、アカウントの有効期限を格納しているLDAP属性の名前が含まれています。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:745 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:739 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field." msgstr "ldap_account_expire_policy=adを使用するときに、このパラメータには、ユーザアカウントコントロールビットフィールドを格納しているLDAP属性の名前が含まれています。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:750 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:744 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter determines if access is allowed or not." msgstr "ldap_account_expire_policy=rhdsまたは同等の句を使用するときに、このパラメータによって、アクセスが許可されているかどうかが示されます。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:755 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:749 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if access is allowed or not." msgstr "ldap_account_expire_policy=ndsを使用するときに、この属性によって、アクセスが許可されているかどうかが示されます。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:760 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:754 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until which date access is granted." msgstr "ldap_account_expire_policy=ndsを使用するときに、この属性によって、どの日付までアクセスが許可されているかが示されます。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:765 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:759 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the hours of a day in a week when access is granted." msgstr "ldap_account_expire_policy=ndsを使用するときに、この属性によって、週中のどの時間にアクセスが許可されているかが示されます。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:770 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:764 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name (UPN)." msgstr "ユーザのKerberosユーザプリンシパル名(UPN)を含むLDAP属性。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:774 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:768 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's SSH public keys." msgstr "ユーザのSSH公開鍵を含むLDAP属性。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:779 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:773 msgid "Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to fail." msgstr "Active Directoryなどの一部のディレクトリサーバではUPNのレルム部分が小文字で示されるため、認証に失敗する可能性があります。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:780 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:774 msgid "Set this option to true if you want to use an upper-case realm." msgstr "大文字のレルムを使用するには、このオプションをtrueに設定してください。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:785 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:779 msgid "Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of enumerated records." msgstr "列挙されたレコードのキャッシュをリフレッシュするまで、SSSDが待機する秒数を指定します。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:790 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:784 msgid "Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save space." msgstr "キャッシュにおける非アクティブな項目(メンバーなしのグループやログインしていないユーザなど)の確認頻度と、ディスク容量を節約するためにそれらの項目を削除する頻度を指定します。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:795 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:789 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's full name." msgstr "ユーザのフルネームに対応するLDAP属性。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:800 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:794 msgid "The LDAP attribute that lists the user's group memberships." msgstr "ユーザのグループメンバーシップを一覧表示するLDAP属性。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:805 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:799 msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege." msgstr "access_provider=ldapおよびldap_access_order=authorized_serviceの場合、SSSDは、ユーザのLDAPエントリに存在するauthorizedService属性を使用してアクセス権限を識別します。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:810 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:804 msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege." msgstr "access_provider=ldapおよびldap_access_order=hostの場合、SSSDは、ユーザのLDAPエントリに存在するhost属性を使用してアクセス権限を識別します。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:820 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:814 msgid "The object class of a group entry in LDAP." msgstr "LDAPのグループエントリのオブジェクトクラス。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:825 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:819 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group name." msgstr "グループ名に対応するLDAP属性。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:830 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:824 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group's id." msgstr "グループIDに対応するLDAP属性。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:835 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:829 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the group's members." msgstr "グループのメンバーの名前を含むLDAP属性。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:840 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:834 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP group object." msgstr "LDAPグループオブジェクトのUUID/GUIDを含むLDAP属性。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:845 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:839 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP group object." msgstr "LDAPグループオブジェクトのobjectSIDを含むLDAP属性。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:850 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:844 msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object." msgstr " 親オブジェクトの最終変更タイムスタンプを含むLDAP属性。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:856 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:850 msgid "If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will follow." msgstr "ldap_schemaが、ネストされたグループ(例: RFC2307bis)をサポートするスキーマフォーマットに設定されている場合、このオプションによって、SSSDで何層のネストを実装するかを制御できます。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:862 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:856 msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with complex or deep nested groups." msgstr "このオプションでは、SSSDでのActive Directory固有機能の利用が指定されます。これにより、複雑なグループ/深くネストされたグループの展開でのグループ検索操作を高速化できます。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:868 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:862 msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when dealing with complex or deep nested groups)." msgstr "このオプションでは、SSSDでのActive Directory固有機能の利用が指定されます。これにより、initgroups操作を高速化できます(複雑なグループ/深くネストされたグループの処理で特に有効)。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:874 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:868 msgid " The object class of a netgroup entry in LDAP." msgstr " LDAPのネットグループエントリのオブジェクトクラス。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:880 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:874 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the netgroup name." msgstr "ネットグループ名に対応するLDAP属性。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:885 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:879 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the netgroup's members." msgstr "ネットグループのメンバーの名前を含むLDAP属性。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:890 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:884 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples." msgstr "ネットグループトリプル(ホスト、ユーザ、ドメイン)を含むLDAP属性。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:895 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:889 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object." msgstr "LDAPネットグループオブジェクトのUUID/GUIDを含むLDAP属性。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:905 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:899 msgid "The object class of a service entry in LDAP." msgstr "LDAPのサービスエントリのオブジェクトクラス。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:910 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:904 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their aliases." msgstr "サービス属性の名前とその別名を含むLDAP属性。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:915 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:909 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the port managed by this service." msgstr "このサービスの管理対象ポートを含むLDAP属性。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:920 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:914 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service." msgstr "このサービスが認識するプロトコルを含むLDAP属性。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:926 -msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches for this attribute type." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:919 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches for this attribute type." +msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP service searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." msgstr "この属性タイプのLDAP検索を制限する、オプションのベースDN、検索スコープ、およびLDAPフィルタ。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:931 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:924 msgid " Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)." msgstr " キャンセルされてキャッシュ結果が戻されるまでの(およびオフラインモードに入るまでの)、LDAP検索のタイムアウト(秒単位)を指定します。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:936 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:929 msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)." msgstr "キャンセルされてキャッシュ結果が戻されるまでの(およびオフラインモードに入るまでの)、列挙されたユーザとグループに対するLDAP検索のタイムアウト(秒単位)を指定します。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:941 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:934 msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity." msgstr "何の操作も起きない場合に、connect(2)に続くpoll(2)/select(2)が制御を戻すまでのタイムアウト(秒単位)を指定します。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:946 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:939 msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs will abort if no response is received." msgstr "何の返答もない場合に、同期LDAP APIへの呼び出しが中止されるまでのタイムアウト(秒単位)を指定します。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:951 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:944 msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be maintained." msgstr "LDAPサーバへの接続が維持されるタイムアウト(秒単位)を指定します。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:956 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:949 msgid "Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request." msgstr "1回の要求でLDAPから取得するレコードの数を指定します。LDAPサーバによっては、要求ごとの最大制限が設定されています。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:961 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:954 msgid "Disable the LDAP paging control." msgstr "LDAPページングコントロールを無効にします。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:965 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:958 msgid "When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum security level necessary to establish the connection." msgstr "SASLを使用してLDAPサーバと通信するときには、接続の確立に最低限必要なセキュリティレベルを指定します。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:970 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:963 msgid "Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup." msgstr "逆参照検索を実行する前に、内部のキャッシュで欠落を確認する必要があるグループメンバーの数を指定します。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:977 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:970 msgid "Validate server certification in LDAP TLS session" msgstr "LDAP TLSセッションでサーバ認証を検証します" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:981 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:974 msgid "Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate Authorities that sssd will recognize." msgstr "sssdが認識しているすべての認証局の証明書を含むファイルを指定します。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:985 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:978 msgid "Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority certificates in separate individual files." msgstr "認証局の証明書を個別のファイルに格納しているディレクトリへのパスを指定します。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:989 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:982 msgid "Specifies the file that contains the certificate for the client's key." msgstr "クライアントの鍵の証明書を含むファイルを指定します。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:993 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:986 msgid "Specifies the file that contains the client's key." msgstr "クライアントの鍵を含むファイルを指定します。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:998 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:991 msgid "Specifies acceptable cipher suites." msgstr "使用可能な暗号スイートを指定します。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1003 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:996 msgid "Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the channel." msgstr "チャネルを保護するためには、id_provider接続でTLSも使用する必要があることを指定します。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1008 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1001 msgid "Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number." msgstr "SSSDがldap_user_uid_numberおよびldap_group_gid_numberに依存せずに、ldap_user_objectsid属性およびldap_group_objectsid属性からユーザIDとグループIDをマップする必要があることを指定します。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1012 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1005 msgid "Specify the SASL mechanism to use." msgstr "使用するSASLメカニズムを指定します。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1017 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1010 msgid "Specify the SASL authorization id to use." msgstr "使用するSASL認証IDを指定します。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1022 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1015 msgid "Specify the SASL realm to use." msgstr "使用するSASLレルムを指定します。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1027 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1020 msgid "If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind." msgstr "trueに設定した場合、SASLバインド時にホスト名を標準化するために、LDAPライブラリによって逆検索が実行されます。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1032 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1025 msgid "Specify the keytab to use when using SASL/GSSAPI." msgstr "SASL/GSSAPIの使用時に使用する鍵テーブルを指定します。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1037 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1030 msgid "Specifies that the id_provider should init Kerberos credentials (TGT)." msgstr "id_providerがKerberos資格情報(TGT)を初期化する必要があることを指定します。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1042 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1035 msgid "Specifies the lifetime in seconds of the TGT if GSSAPI is used." msgstr "GSSAPIの使用時におけるTGTのライフタイム(秒単位)を指定します。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1047 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1040 msgid "Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side." msgstr "クライアント側でのパスワードの有効期限切れを評価するためのポリシーを選択します。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1052 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1045 msgid "Specifies whether automatic referral chasing should be enabled." msgstr "自動参照追跡を有効にするかどうかを指定します。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1057 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1050 msgid "Specifies the service name to use when service discovery is enabled." msgstr "サービス検索が有効な場合に使用するサービス名を指定します。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1061 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1054 msgid "Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows password changes when service discovery is enabled." msgstr "LDAPサーバ(サービス検索が有効な場合にパスワード変更を許可する)の検索に使用するサービス名を指定します。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1066 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1059 msgid "Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with days since the Epoch after a password change operation." msgstr "パスワード変更操作を行った後に、ldap_user_shadow_last_change属性をエポック後の日数で更新するかどうかを指定します。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1071 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1064 msgid "If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that must be met for the user to be granted access on this host." msgstr "access_provider = ldapおよびldap_access_order = filter (デフォルト)を使用する場合、このオプションは必須です。これは、このホストへのアクセスを付与されるユーザが満たす必要があるLDAP検索フィルタ条件を指定します。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1076 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1069 msgid " With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can be enabled." msgstr " このオプションを使用すると、クライアント側でのアクセス制御属性の評価を有効にできます。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1082 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1075 msgid "Comma separated list of access control options." msgstr "アクセス制御オプションのカンマ区切りリスト。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1087 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1080 msgid "Specifies how alias dereferencing is done when performing a search." msgstr "検索時に別名の逆参照をどのように実行するかを指定します。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1092 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1085 msgid "Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that use the RFC2307 schema." msgstr "RFC2307スキーマを使用するサーバで、LDAPグループのメンバーとしてローカルユーザを保持することを許可します。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1090 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches for this attribute type." +msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP autofs searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." +msgstr "この属性タイプのLDAP検索を制限する、オプションのベースDN、検索スコープ、およびLDAPフィルタ。" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1095 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches for this attribute type." +msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP group searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." +msgstr "この属性タイプのLDAP検索を制限する、オプションのベースDN、検索スコープ、およびLDAPフィルタ。" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1100 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches for this attribute type." +msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP netgroup searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." +msgstr "この属性タイプのLDAP検索を制限する、オプションのベースDN、検索スコープ、およびLDAPフィルタ。" + #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1105 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches for this attribute type." +msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP user searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." +msgstr "この属性タイプのLDAP検索を制限する、オプションのベースDN、検索スコープ、およびLDAPフィルタ。" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1110 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1120 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The object class of a group entry in LDAP." +msgid "The object class of an automount map entry in LDAP." +msgstr "LDAPのグループエントリのオブジェクトクラス。" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1115 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The object class of a group entry in LDAP." +msgid "The name of an automount map entry in LDAP." +msgstr "LDAPのグループエントリのオブジェクトクラス。" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1125 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1130 +msgid "The key of an automount entry in LDAP. The entry usually corresponds to a mount point." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1143 msgid "IP address or host names of Kerberos servers (comma separated)" msgstr "KerberosサーバのIPアドレスまたはホスト名(コンマ区切り)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1109 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1147 msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference." msgstr "SSSDが接続するKerberosサーバのIPアドレスまたはホスト名を優先順で示した、カンマ区切りリストを指定します。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1114 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1152 msgid "Kerberos realm (e.g. EXAMPLE.COM)" msgstr "Kerberosレルム(例: EXAMPLE.COM)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1118 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1123 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1156 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1161 msgid "If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative servers can be defined here." msgstr "KDCでパスワード変更サービスが実行されていない場合、ここで代替サーバを定義できます。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1128 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1166 msgid "Directory to store credential caches." msgstr "資格情報キャッシュを保存するディレクトリ。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1133 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1171 msgid "Location of the user's credential cache." msgstr "ユーザの資格情報キャッシュの場所。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1138 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1176 msgid " Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change password request is aborted." msgstr " オンライン認証要求またはパスワード変更要求が中止された後のタイムアウト(秒単位)。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1143 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1181 msgid "Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been spoofed." msgstr "krb5_keytabを使用することで、 取得したTGTがスプーフィングされていないことを確認します。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1148 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1186 msgid "The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from KDCs." msgstr "KDCから取得した資格情報の検証時に使用する鍵テーブルの場所。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1153 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1191 msgid "Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to request a TGT when the provider comes online again." msgstr "プロバイダがオフラインのときにはユーザのパスワードを格納し、プロバイダがオンラインになったときにそのパスワードを使用してTGTを要求します。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1157 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1195 msgid "Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit." msgstr "ライフタイム全体(整数とそれに直接続く時間単位からなる)を指定する更新可能なチケットを要求します。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1161 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1199 msgid "Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit." msgstr "ライフタイム(整数とそれに直接続く時間単位からなる)を指定するチケットを要求します。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1165 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1203 msgid "The time in seconds between two checks if the TGT should be renewed." msgstr "TGTが更新される場合のチェック間の時間(秒単位)。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1170 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1208 msgid "Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-authentication." msgstr "Kerberosの事前認証用のフレキシブル認証セキュアトンネリング(FAST)を有効にします。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1174 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1212 msgid "Specifies the server principal to use for FAST." msgstr "FASTで使用するサーバプリンシパルを指定します。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1179 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1217 msgid "Specifies if the host and user principal should be canonicalized." msgstr "ホストおよびユーザプリンシパルを標準化する必要があるかどうかを指定します。" #. The Active Directory domain section -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1191 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1229 msgid "Specifies the name of the Active Directory domain." msgstr "Active Directoryドメインの名前を指定します。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1196 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1234 msgid "IP addresses or host names of AD servers (comma separated)" msgstr "ADサーバのIPアドレスまたはホスト名(コンマ区切り)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1200 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1238 msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to which SSSD should connect in order of preference." msgstr "SSSDが接続するADサーバのIPアドレスまたはホスト名を優先順で示したカンマ区切りリスト。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1205 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1243 msgid "AD hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN used by AD to identify this host." msgstr "ADホスト名(オプション) - hostname(5)が、このホストの識別にADが使用するFQDNを反映していない場合は、設定されることがあります。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1209 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1247 msgid "Override the user's home directory." msgstr "ユーザのホームディレクトリを上書きします。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1222 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1260 msgid " Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs." msgstr " Active DirectoryのユーザSIDとグループSIDのマッピングで使用する、POSIX ID範囲の下限を指定します。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1227 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1265 msgid "Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs." msgstr "Active DirectoryのユーザSIDとグループSIDのマッピングで使用する、POSIX ID範囲の上限を指定します。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1232 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1270 msgid "Specifies the number of IDs available for each slice." msgstr "各スライスで使用可能なIDの数を指定します。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1236 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1274 msgid "Specify the domain SID of the default domain." msgstr "デフォルトドメインのドメインSIDを指定します。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1240 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1278 msgid "Specify the name of the default domain." msgstr "デフォルトドメインの名前を指定します。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1245 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1283 msgid "Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm." msgstr "winbindの「idmap_autorid」アルゴリズムと類似した動作になるように、IDマッピングアルゴリズムの動作を変更します。" #. The Active Directory domain section -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1257 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1295 msgid "Specifies the name of the IPA domain." msgstr "IPAドメインの名前を指定します。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1262 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1300 msgid "IP addresses or host names of IPA servers (comma separated)" msgstr "IPAサーバのIPアドレスまたはホスト名(コンマ区切り)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1267 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1305 msgid "IPA hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN used by IPA to identify this host." msgstr "IPAホスト名(オプション) - hostname(5)が、このホストの識別にIPAが使用するFQDNを反映していない場合は、設定されることがあります。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1272 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1310 msgid "The automounter location this IPA client will be using." msgstr "このIPAクライアントが使用するオートマウンタの場所。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1277 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1315 msgid "This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client." msgstr "このオプションでは、SSSDでのFreeIPA v2に組み込まれたDNSサーバの自動更新が指定されます(このクライアントのIPアドレスを使用する)。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1282 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1320 msgid "The TTL to apply to the client DNS record when updating it." msgstr "クライアントDNSレコードの更新時にそのレコードに適用するTTL。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1286 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1324 msgid "Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates." msgstr "ダイナミックDNSの更新に使用されるIPアドレスを持つインタフェースを選択します。" + +#~ msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP sudo rules." +#~ msgstr "LDAP sudoルールを実行する際に使用するデフォルトのベースDN。" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/auth-server.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/auth-server.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:10:13 UTC (rev 96848) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/auth-server.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:11:19 UTC (rev 96849) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: auth-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:40\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" @@ -494,6 +494,11 @@ msgid "Provider Hostname" msgstr "プロバイダホスト名" +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1150 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1613 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1710 +msgid "Port" +msgstr "ポート" + #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1153 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1618 msgid "Use StartTLS" msgstr "StartTLSを使用します" @@ -2810,10 +2815,6 @@ msgid "Provider Name" msgstr "プロバイダ名" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1613 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1710 -msgid "Port" -msgstr "ポート" - #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1631 msgid "Replication Type" msgstr "レプリケーションのタイプ" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/autoinst.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/autoinst.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:10:13 UTC (rev 96848) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/autoinst.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:11:19 UTC (rev 96849) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: autoinst\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:40\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" @@ -611,55 +611,55 @@ #. ReportingDialog() #. @return sumbol -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:103 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:99 msgid "Messages" msgstr "メッセージ" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:109 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:105 msgid "Sho&w messages" msgstr "メッセージを表示(&W)" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:117 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:113 msgid "Lo&g messages" msgstr "メッセージを記録(&G)" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:128 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:124 msgid "&Time-out (in sec.)" msgstr "タイムアウト(秒)(&T)" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:140 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:136 msgid "Warnings" msgstr "警告" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:146 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:142 msgid "Sh&ow warnings" msgstr "警告を表示する(&O)" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:154 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:150 msgid "Log wa&rnings" msgstr "警告を記録(&R)" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:165 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:161 msgid "Time-out (in s&ec.)" msgstr "タイムアウト(秒)(&E)" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:177 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:173 msgid "Errors" msgstr "エラー" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:183 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:179 msgid "Show error&s" msgstr "エラーを表示(&S)" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:191 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:187 msgid "&Log errors" msgstr "エラーを記録(&L)" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:202 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:198 msgid "Time-o&ut (in sec.)" msgstr "タイムアウト(秒)(&U)" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:217 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:213 msgid "" "<p>Depending on your experience, you can skip, log, and show (with time-out)\n" "installation messages.</p> \n" @@ -667,7 +667,7 @@ "<p>インストールメッセージをスキップしたり、記録したり、タイムアウト付きで表示したり\n" "することができます。</p> \n" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:223 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:219 msgid "" "<p>It is recommended to show all <b>messages</b> with time-out.\n" "Warnings can be skipped in some places, but should not be ignored.</p>\n" @@ -675,7 +675,7 @@ "<p>タイムアウト付きですべての<b>メッセージ</b>を表示することをお勧めします。\n" "いくつかの警告はスキップすることができますが、無視すべきではありません。</p>\n" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:230 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:226 msgid "Messages and Logging" msgstr "メッセージとログ" @@ -970,7 +970,7 @@ #. Shows a dialog when 'control file' can't be found #. @param [String] original Original value #. @return [String] new value -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:21 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:22 msgid "" "<p>\n" "A profile for this machine could not be found or retrieved.\n" @@ -988,11 +988,11 @@ "またはホスト名によるコントロールファイルを使う場合は、インストール処理を\n" "再開し、コントロールファイルにアクセスできるようにする必要があります。</p>\n" -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:30 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:31 msgid "System Profile Location" msgstr "システムプロファイルの位置" -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:45 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:46 msgid "&Profile Location:" msgstr "プロファイルの位置(&P):" @@ -1000,11 +1000,11 @@ #. Below this label, all targets are listed that can be used as #. installation target #. heading text -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:117 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:118 msgid "Choose a hard disk" msgstr "ハードディスクを選択" -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:124 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:125 msgid "No disks found." msgstr "ディスクが見つかりません。" @@ -1013,7 +1013,7 @@ #. "Preparing Hard Disk - Step 1" is the description of the dialog what to #. do while the following locale is the help description #. help part 1 of 1 -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:132 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:133 msgid "" "<p>\n" "All hard disks automatically detected on your system\n" @@ -1026,13 +1026,13 @@ "</p>" #. force help text width -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:154 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:155 msgid "Hard Disk Selection" msgstr "ハードディスクの選択" #. there is a selection from that one option has to be #. chosen - at the moment no option is chosen -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:177 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:178 msgid "Select one of the options to continue." msgstr "続行するために、オプションを1つ選択します。" @@ -2254,45 +2254,61 @@ #. The line above needs to be fixed when we have more attributes #. comment will look like this: "(description=BLA BLA)" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:279 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:289 msgid "Choose Profile" msgstr "プロファイルの選択" +#. Nothing returned by SLP query +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:312 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in %s." +msgid "No 'autoyast' provider has been found via SLP." +msgstr "生成されるautoyastプロファイルは %s にあります。" + +#. There is no profile defined/found anywhere +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:357 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Using AutoYaST profile %1" +msgid "" +"Invalid AutoYaST profile URL\n" +"%{url}" +msgstr "AutoYaST プロファイル %1 を使用します" + #. SetProtocolMessage () #. @return [void] -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:335 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:384 msgid "Retrieving control file from floppy." msgstr "コントロールファイルをフロッピーから読み込みます。" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:338 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:387 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from TFTP server: %2." msgstr "%2 のTFTPサーバからコントロールファイル %1 を読み込みます。" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:344 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:393 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from NFS server: %2." msgstr "%2 のNFSサーバからコントロールファイル %1 を読み込みます。" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:350 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:399 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from HTTP server: %2." msgstr "%2 HTTPサーバからコントロールファイル %1 を読み込みます。" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:356 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:405 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from FTP server: %2." msgstr "%2 のFTPサーバからコントロールファイル %1 を読み込みます。" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:362 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:411 msgid "Copying control file from file: %1." msgstr "%1 のファイルからコントロールファイルをコピーします。" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:367 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:416 msgid "Copying control file from device: /dev/%1." msgstr "/dev/%1 のデバイスからコントロールファイルをコピーします。" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:371 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:420 msgid "Copying control file from default location." msgstr "デフォルトの場所からコントロールファイルをコピーします。" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:373 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:422 msgid "Source unknown." msgstr "不明なソース。" @@ -2302,7 +2318,7 @@ #. { #. local_rules_file = (string)WFM::Args(1); #. } -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:453 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:502 msgid "" "<h3>AutoYaST Configuration Management System</h3>\n" "<p>Almost all resources of the control file can be\n" @@ -2312,7 +2328,7 @@ "<p>コントロールファイルのほとんどすべてのリソースを\n" "設定管理システムを使って設定することができます。</p>\n" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:458 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:507 msgid "" "<p>Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to those available\n" "through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the data\n" @@ -2326,7 +2342,7 @@ "他のシステムをインストールできます。\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:465 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:514 msgid "" "<p>In addition to the existing and familiar modules,\n" "new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, including\n" @@ -2456,7 +2472,7 @@ #. if no feeder (PV) was found for current volume group #. the next instructions taints result -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:282 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:289 msgid "Volume group '%1' must have at least one physical volume. Provide one." msgstr "ボリュームグループ「%1」には1つ以上の物理ボリュームが必要です。設定してください。" @@ -2466,66 +2482,66 @@ #. @return [String] configuration summary dialog #. return Summary of configuration #. @return [String] configuration summary dialog -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:691 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:913 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:703 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:913 msgid "Drives" msgstr "ドライブ" #. We are counting harddisks only (type CT_DISK) -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:697 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:709 msgid "%s drive in total" msgid_plural "%s drives in total" msgstr[0] "合計 %s ドライブ" -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:716 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:728 msgid "Not yet cloned." msgstr "まだクローンされていません。" #. Return Summary #. @return [String] summary -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:329 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:343 msgid "Preinstallation Scripts" msgstr "プレインストールスクリプト" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:342 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:356 msgid "Postinstallation Scripts" msgstr "ポストインストールスクリプト" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:355 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:369 msgid "Chroot Scripts" msgstr "Chrootスクリプト" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:368 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:382 msgid "Init Scripts" msgstr "Initスクリプト" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:381 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:395 msgid "Postpartitioning Scripts" msgstr "パーティション設定終了後スクリプト" #. return type of script as formatted string #. @param script type #. @return [String] type as translated string -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:476 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:490 msgid "Pre" msgstr "プレ" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:478 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:492 msgid "Post" msgstr "ポスト" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:480 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:494 msgid "Init" msgstr "Init" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:482 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:496 msgid "Chroot" msgstr "Chroot" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:484 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:498 msgid "Postpartitioning" msgstr "パーティション設定終了後" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:486 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:500 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "不明" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/base.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/base.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:10:13 UTC (rev 96848) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/base.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:11:19 UTC (rev 96849) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: base\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:40\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" @@ -1682,13 +1682,13 @@ msgstr "詳細(&D)..." #. translators: summary header for messages generated through autoinstallation -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:101 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:103 msgid "Messages" msgstr "メッセージ" #. Report configuration - will be normal messages displayed? #. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:109 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:111 msgid "Display Messages: %1" msgstr "メッセージを表示: %1" @@ -1699,23 +1699,23 @@ #. translators: summary if the errors should be displayed #. translators: summary if the errors should be written to log file #. TRANSLATORS: human text for Boolean value -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:111 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:127 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:141 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:157 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:171 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:187 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:113 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:129 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:143 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:159 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:173 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:189 #: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:90 #: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101 msgid "Yes" msgstr "はい" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:111 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:127 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:141 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:157 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:171 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:187 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:113 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:129 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:143 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:159 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:173 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:189 #: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:89 #: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101 msgid "No" @@ -1723,76 +1723,76 @@ #. Report configuration - will have normal messages timeout? #. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:118 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:120 msgid "Time-out Messages: %1" msgstr "メッセージのタイムアウト: %1" #. Report configuration - will be normal messages logged to file? #. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:125 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:127 msgid "Log Messages: %1" msgstr "メッセージをログに記録: %1" #. translators: summary header for warnings generated through autoinstallation -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:132 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:134 msgid "Warnings" msgstr "警告" #. Report configuration - will be warning messages displayed? #. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:139 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:141 msgid "Display Warnings: %1" msgstr "警告を表示: %1" #. Report configuration - will have warning messages timeout? #. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:148 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:150 msgid "Time-out Warnings: %1" msgstr "警告のタイムアウト: %1" #. Report configuration - will be warning messages logged to file? #. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:155 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:157 msgid "Log Warnings: %1" msgstr "警告をログに記録: %1" #. translators: summary header for errors generated through autoinstallation -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:162 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:164 msgid "Errors" msgstr "エラー" #. Report configuration - will be error messages displayed? #. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:169 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:171 msgid "Display Errors: %1" msgstr "エラーを表示: %1" #. Report configuration - will have error messages timeout? #. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:178 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:180 msgid "Time-out Errors: %1" msgstr "エラーのタイムアウト: %1" #. Report configuration - will be error messages logged to file? #. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:185 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:187 msgid "Log Errors: %1" msgstr "エラーのログを記録: %1" #. translators: warnings summary header -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:664 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:668 msgid "Warning:" msgstr "警告" #. translators: errors summary header -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:681 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:685 msgid "Error:" msgstr "エラー:" #. translators: message summary header #. translators: message summary header -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:698 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:715 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:702 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:719 msgid "Message:" msgstr "メッセージ:" @@ -3398,7 +3398,7 @@ #. popup heading #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1428 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3070 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3065 msgid "Package: " msgstr "パッケージ: " @@ -3560,15 +3560,15 @@ msgstr "ユーザ名(&U)" #. check box -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3005 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3000 msgid "Show &details" msgstr "詳細の表示(&D)" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3071 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3066 msgid "Size: " msgstr "サイズ:" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3094 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3089 msgid "Remaining time to automatic retry: %1" msgstr "自動再試行までの残り時間: %1" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/bootloader.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/bootloader.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:10:13 UTC (rev 96848) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/bootloader.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:11:19 UTC (rev 96849) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: bootloader\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:40\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" @@ -205,11 +205,11 @@ msgstr "場所の変更: %s" #. Represents bootloader timeout value -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:53 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:54 msgid "&Timeout in Seconds" msgstr "タイムアウト(秒)(&T)" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:57 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:58 msgid "" "<p><b>Timeout in Seconds</b><br>\n" "Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is loaded.</p>\n" @@ -218,11 +218,11 @@ "デフォルトカーネルがロードされるまで、ブートローダが待機する時間を指定します。</p>\n" #. Represents decision if bootloader need activated partition -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:89 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:90 msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition" msgstr "ブートパーティションをアクティブに設定(&A)" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:93 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:94 msgid "" "<p><b>Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition</b><br>\n" "To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR code will then\n" @@ -235,11 +235,11 @@ "なお、古いBIOSではMBRにブートローダをインストールした場合でも、1つのパーティションのみをアクティブに設定する必要があります。</p>" #. Represents decision if generic MBR have to be installed on disk -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:120 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:121 msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR" msgstr "MBRに汎用ブートコードを書き込む(&G)" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:124 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:125 msgid "" "<p><b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b> replace the master boot record of your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" "boots the active partition).</p>" @@ -248,48 +248,48 @@ "ブートするだけのOSに依存しないプログラム)を書き込む場合に選択します。</p>" #. Represents decision if menu should be hidden or visible -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:149 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:150 msgid "&Hide Menu on Boot" msgstr "ブート時にメニューを隠す(&H)" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:153 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:154 msgid "<p>Selecting <b>Hide Menu on Boot</b> will hide the boot menu.</p>" msgstr "<p><b>［ブート時にメニューを隠します］</b>を選択すると、ブートメニューが非表示になります。</p>" #. Represents if os prober should be run -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:172 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:173 msgid "Pro&be Foreign OS" msgstr "その他のOSの検知(&B)" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:176 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:177 msgid "<p><b>Probe Foreign OS</b> by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution </p>" msgstr "<p>［<b>その他のOSの検知</b>］を選択すると、他のディストリビューションでマルチブートするためにos-proberを実行します。</p>" #. represents kernel command line -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:200 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:201 msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter" msgstr "オプションのカーネルコマンドラインパラメータ(&P)" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:204 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:205 msgid "<p><b>Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>" msgstr "<p><b>［オプションのカーネルのコマンドラインパラメータ］</b>には、カーネルに渡す他のパラメータを定義します。</p>" #. Represents Protective MBR action -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:228 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:229 msgid "&Protective MBR flag" msgstr "プロテクティブMBRフラグ(&P)" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:232 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:233 msgid "<p><b>Protective MBR flag</b> is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure.</p>" msgstr "<p>［<b>プロテクティブMBRフラグ</b>］は上級ユーザ専用の設定で、特殊なハードウェアでのみ必要になります。詳細については、GPTディスクでプロテクティブMBRを参照してください。わからない場合は変更しないでください。</p>" #. TRANSLATORS: set flag on disk -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:246 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:247 msgid "set" msgstr "設定済み" #. TRANSLATORS: remove flag from disk -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:248 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:249 msgid "remove" msgstr "削除" @@ -297,55 +297,72 @@ #. force re-calculation of bootloader proposal #. this deletes any internally cached values, a new proposal will #. not be partially based on old data now any more -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:250 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:251 #: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:49 msgid "do not change" msgstr "変更禁止" #. Represents switcher for secure boot on EFI -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:268 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:269 msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support" msgstr "Secure Bootサポートを有効にする(&S)" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:272 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:273 msgid "Tick to enable UEFI Secure Boot\n" msgstr "チックしてUEFI Secure Bootを有効にする\n" #. Represents switcher for Trusted Boot -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:293 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:294 msgid "Enable &Trusted Boot Support" msgstr "Trusted Bootサポートを有効にする(&T)" #. TRANSLATORS: TrustedGRUB2 is a name, don't translate it -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:298 -msgid "<b>Trusted Boot</b> will install TrustedGRUB2 instead of regular GRUB2.\n" -msgstr "<b></b>Trusted Bootは通常のGRUB2ではなくTrustedGRUB2をインストールします。\n" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:299 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Trusted Boot</b> will install TrustedGRUB2\n" +"instead of regular GRUB2.</p>\n" +"<p>It means measuring the integrity of the boot process,\n" +"with the help from the hardware (a TPM, Trusted Platform Module,\n" +"chip).</p>\n" +"<p>First you need to make sure Trusted Boot is enabled in the BIOS\n" +"setup (the setting may be named Security Chip, for example).</p>\n" +msgstr "" +#. check for file size does not work, since FS reports it 4096 +#. even if the file is in fact empty and a single byte cannot +#. be read, therefore testing real reading (details: bsc#994556) +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:325 +msgid "" +"Trusted Platform Module not found.\n" +"Make sure it is enabled in BIOS.\n" +"The system will not boot otherwise." +msgstr "" + #. Represents grub password protection widget -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:324 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:345 msgid "Prot&ect Boot Loader with Password" msgstr "パスワードでブートローダを保護する(&E)" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox entry -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:330 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:351 msgid "P&rotect Entry Modification Only" msgstr "エントリの変更のみを保護する(&R)" #. TRANSLATORS: text entry, please keep it short -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:336 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:357 msgid "&Password for GRUB2 User 'root'" msgstr "GRUB2ユーザ「root」のパスワード(&P)" #. text entry -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:339 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:360 msgid "Re&type Password" msgstr "もう一度パスワードを入力してください(&T)" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:350 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:371 msgid "The password must not be empty." msgstr "パスワードを設定してください。" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:357 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:378 msgid "" "'Password' and 'Retype password'\n" "do not match. Retype the password." @@ -354,7 +371,7 @@ "入力したパスワードが異なっています。もう一度入力してください。" #. special value as we do not know password, so it mean user do not change it -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:407 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:428 msgid "" "<p><b>Protect Boot Loader with Password</b><br>\n" "At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. If <b>Protect Entry Modification Only</b> is checked then booting any entry is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the way GRUB 1 behaved).<br>YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it in <b>Retype Password</b>. The password applies to the GRUB2 user 'root' which is distinct from the Linux 'root'. YaST currently does not supportother GRUB2 users. If you need them, use a separate GRUB2 script.</p>" @@ -363,40 +380,40 @@ "ブート時、任意のエントリを変更する場合、および任意のエントリをブートするときにもパスワードが必要になります。<b></b>［エントリの変更のみを保護する］がオンの場合、エントリのブートには制約がありませんが、エントリの変更にはパスワードが必要です(GRUB 1の動作)。<br>YaSTは<b></b>［パスワードを再入力する］にパスワードを再入力した場合のみパスワードを受け入れます。このパスワードはGRUB2ユーザ「root」に適用されます。これはLinuxの「root」とは異なります。YaSTは現在その他のGRUB2ユーザをサポートしていません。その他のユーザが必要な場合、別のGRUB2スクリプトを使用してください。</p>" #. there's mode specified, use it -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:485 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:506 msgid "Choose new graphical theme file" msgstr "新しいグラフィカルなテーマファイルの選択" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:498 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:519 msgid "Use &graphical console" msgstr "グラフィカルコンソールを使用する(&G)" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:503 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:524 msgid "&Console resolution" msgstr "コンソールの解像度(&C)" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:508 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:529 msgid "&Console theme" msgstr "コンソールのテーマ(&C)" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:539 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:560 msgid "Autodetect by grub2" msgstr "grub2で自動検出" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:547 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:568 msgid "Use &serial console" msgstr "シリアルコンソールを使用する(&S)" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:554 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:575 msgid "&Console arguments" msgstr "コンソールの引数(&C)" #. represent choosing default section to boot -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:571 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:592 msgid "&Default Boot Section" msgstr "デフォルトのブートセクション(&D)" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:575 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:596 msgid "" "<p> By pressing <b>Set as Default</b> you mark the selected section as\n" "the default. When booting, the boot loader will provide a boot menu and\n" @@ -413,40 +430,40 @@ "［<b>下へ</b>］でそれぞれ変更することができます。</p>\n" #. Represents stage1 location for bootloader -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:610 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:631 msgid "Boot Loader Location" msgstr "ブートローダの場所" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:664 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:685 msgid "Custom boot device have to be specied if checked" msgstr "オンにした場合、カスタムブートデバイスを指定する必要があります" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:692 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:713 msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition" msgstr "ブートパーティションからブート(&T)" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:693 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:714 msgid "Boo&t from Root Partition" msgstr "ルートパーティションからブート(&T)" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:694 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:715 msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record" msgstr "マスタブートレコード(MBR)からブート(&M)" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:695 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:716 msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition" msgstr "拡張パーティションからブート(&E)" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:706 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:727 msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition" msgstr "カスタムブートパーティション(&U)" #. Represents button that open Device Map edit dialog -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:719 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:740 msgid "&Edit Disk Boot Order" msgstr "ディスクのブート順序を編集する(&E)" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:725 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:746 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Disks Order</b></big><br>\n" "To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n" @@ -461,17 +478,17 @@ "ディスクを削除するには［<b>削除</b>］ボタンをそれぞれクリックします。</p>" #. represents Tab with kernel related configuration -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:746 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:767 msgid "&Kernel Parameters" msgstr "カーネルパラメータ(&K)" #. Represent tab with options related to stage1 location and bootloader type -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:771 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:792 msgid "Boot Co&de Options" msgstr "ブートコードオプション(&D)" #. Represents bootloader specific options like its timeout, default section or password protection -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:837 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:858 msgid "Boot&loader Options" msgstr "ブートローダオプション(&L)" @@ -622,3 +639,6 @@ #: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:233 msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "ブートローダの環境設定の保存" + +#~ msgid "<b>Trusted Boot</b> will install TrustedGRUB2 instead of regular GRUB2.\n" +#~ msgstr "<b></b>Trusted Bootは通常のGRUB2ではなくTrustedGRUB2をインストールします。\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/ca-management.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/ca-management.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:10:13 UTC (rev 96848) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/ca-management.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:11:19 UTC (rev 96849) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ca-management\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:40\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/cio.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/cio.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:10:13 UTC (rev 96848) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/cio.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:11:19 UTC (rev 96849) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: cio\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:40\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/cluster.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/cluster.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:10:13 UTC (rev 96848) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/cluster.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:11:19 UTC (rev 96849) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: cluster\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:40\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/control-center.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/control-center.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:10:13 UTC (rev 96848) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/control-center.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:11:19 UTC (rev 96849) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: control-center\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:40\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/control.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/control.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:10:13 UTC (rev 96848) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/control.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:11:19 UTC (rev 96849) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: control\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:40\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" @@ -55,11 +55,11 @@ #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:45 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:82 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:83 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:28 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:29 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:30 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:33 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:32 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:72 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:73 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:74 msgid "Installation Settings" msgstr "インストールの設定" @@ -75,21 +75,21 @@ #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:20 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:42 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:31 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:30 msgid "Live Installation Settings" msgstr "ライブインストールの設定" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:21 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:43 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:32 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:89 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:31 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:90 msgid "Update Settings" msgstr "アップデートの設定" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:23 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:46 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:47 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:34 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:33 msgid "Network Configuration" msgstr "ネットワーク設定" @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:49 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:50 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:51 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:35 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:34 msgid "Hardware Configuration" msgstr "ハードウェア設定" @@ -107,17 +107,18 @@ #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:52 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:89 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:119 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:36 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:80 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:110 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:35 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:79 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:111 msgid "Preparation" msgstr "準備" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:26 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:52 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:66 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:37 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:66 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:36 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:65 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:80 msgid "Load linuxrc Network Configuration" msgstr "linuxrcネットワーク設定のロード" @@ -127,78 +128,79 @@ #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:54 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:77 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:91 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:38 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:67 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:37 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:66 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:81 msgid "Network Autosetup" msgstr "ネットワークの自動セットアップ" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:28 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:54 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:68 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:84 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:97 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:55 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:78 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:92 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:39 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:68 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:81 -msgid "Welcome" -msgstr "ようこそ" +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:108 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:120 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:38 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:82 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:99 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:112 +msgid "Installer Update" +msgstr "インストーラのアップデート" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:29 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:55 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:54 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:69 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:56 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:79 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:78 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:93 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:40 -msgid "Network Activation" -msgstr "ネットワーク起動" +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:39 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:67 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:83 +msgid "Welcome" +msgstr "ようこそ" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:30 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:55 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:70 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:57 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:79 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:94 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:41 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:82 -msgid "Disk Activation" -msgstr "ディスクの有効化" +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:40 +msgid "Network Activation" +msgstr "ネットワーク起動" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:31 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:33 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:71 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:97 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:58 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:60 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:95 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:120 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:42 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:44 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:83 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:111 -msgid "System Analysis" -msgstr "システム分析" +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:41 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:84 +msgid "Disk Activation" +msgstr "ディスクの有効化" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:32 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:33 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:72 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:85 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:100 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:98 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:59 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:60 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:96 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:109 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:123 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:121 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:42 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:43 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:84 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:99 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:114 -msgid "Installer Update" -msgstr "インストーラのアップデート" +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:85 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:113 +msgid "System Analysis" +msgstr "システム分析" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:34 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:74 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:61 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:98 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:48 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:87 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:47 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:88 msgid "Add-On Products" msgstr "アドオン製品" @@ -206,8 +208,8 @@ #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:56 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:62 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:80 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:45 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:70 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:44 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:69 msgid "Disk" msgstr "ディスク" @@ -215,22 +217,22 @@ #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:57 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:63 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:81 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:46 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:69 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:45 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:68 msgid "Time Zone" msgstr "時間帯" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:37 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:38 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:49 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:50 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:51 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:70 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:71 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:72 msgid "User Settings" msgstr "ユーザ設定" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:39 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:53 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:52 msgid "Installation Overview" msgstr "インストールの概要" @@ -281,31 +283,31 @@ #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:135 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:136 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:137 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:53 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:54 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:55 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:56 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:57 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:58 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:59 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:60 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:61 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:62 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:63 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:64 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:74 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:75 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:76 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:77 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:78 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:79 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:102 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:103 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:105 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:104 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:106 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:107 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:108 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:109 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:126 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:110 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:127 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:128 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:129 msgid "Perform Installation" msgstr "インストールの実行" @@ -317,27 +319,27 @@ #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:103 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:114 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:130 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:57 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:92 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:104 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:121 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:56 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:93 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:105 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:122 msgid "Installer Cleanup" msgstr "インストーラのクリーンアップ" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:51 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:64 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:75 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:52 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:65 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:51 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:64 msgid "Installation" msgstr "インストール" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:73 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:98 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:99 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:97 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:121 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:85 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:112 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:122 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:86 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:114 msgid "System for Update" msgstr "アップデートするシステム" @@ -345,8 +347,8 @@ #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:102 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:99 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:125 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:88 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:116 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:89 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:117 msgid "Update" msgstr "アップデート" @@ -383,47 +385,47 @@ #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:134 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:140 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:141 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:90 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:91 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:93 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:92 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:94 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:95 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:118 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:96 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:119 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:120 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:122 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:121 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:123 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:124 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:125 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:131 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:126 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:132 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:133 msgid "Perform Update" msgstr "アップデートの実行" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:83 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:107 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:97 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:98 msgid "Base Installation" msgstr "基本インストール" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:84 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:85 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:86 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:87 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:99 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:100 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:101 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:103 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:108 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:109 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:110 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:111 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:122 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:123 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:124 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:126 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:98 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:100 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:101 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:113 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:102 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:115 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:117 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:116 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:118 msgid "AutoYaST Settings" msgstr "AutoYaSTの設定" @@ -431,9 +433,9 @@ #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:119 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:138 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:142 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:96 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:129 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:133 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:97 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:130 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:134 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "環境設定" @@ -441,8 +443,8 @@ #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:120 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:139 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:143 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:130 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:134 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:131 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:135 msgid "System Configuration" msgstr "システムの環境設定" @@ -622,15 +624,14 @@ msgid "Enlightenment Desktop" msgstr "Enlightenmentデスクトップ" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:28 -msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)" -msgstr "最小限のサーバ選択 (テキストモード)" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:47 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:86 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:46 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:87 msgid "Online Repositories" msgstr "オンラインリポジトリ" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:49 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:48 msgid "Desktop Selection" msgstr "デスクトップの選択" + +#~ msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)" +#~ msgstr "最小限のサーバ選択 (テキストモード)" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/country.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/country.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:10:13 UTC (rev 96848) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/country.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:11:19 UTC (rev 96849) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: country\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:40\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" @@ -326,8 +326,8 @@ #. summary label #. summary label -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:266 language/src/modules/Language.rb:793 -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:827 +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:266 language/src/modules/Language.rb:850 +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:884 msgid "Additional Languages: %1" msgstr "追加言語: %1" @@ -581,25 +581,35 @@ msgstr "%1 のタイムゾーンを適用する(&T)" #. busy message -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:382 +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:375 msgid "Downloading installation system language extension..." msgstr "インストールシステムの言語拡張をダウンロードしています..." +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message. Strings marked %{...} will be replaced +#. with variable content - do not translate them, please. +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:406 +msgid "" +"Language '%{language}' was not found within the list of supported languages\n" +"available at %{directory}.\n" +"\n" +"Fallback language %{fallback} will be used." +msgstr "" + #. summary label #. summary label -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:737 language/src/modules/Language.rb:809 +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:794 language/src/modules/Language.rb:866 msgid "Primary Language: %1" msgstr "第一言語: %1" #. work-around for following in order not to depend on yast2-packager #. PackageSlideShow::InitPkgData (false); #. "value" : PackageSlideShow::total_size_to_install / 1024 , // kilobytes -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:982 +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1039 msgid "Installing Packages..." msgstr "パッケージをインストール中..." #. continue/cancel message -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1073 +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1130 msgid "" "Translation of the primary language is not complete.\n" "Some texts may be displayed in English.\n" @@ -608,7 +618,7 @@ "一部のテキストは英語で表示されます。\n" #. popup message -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1287 +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1344 msgid "" "Only minimal support for the selected language is included on this media.\n" "Add the Language add-on CD as an additional repository in order to get the appropriate support\n" @@ -619,7 +629,7 @@ "ください。\n" #. popup message (user selected CJK language in text mode) -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1316 +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1373 msgid "" "The selected language cannot be used in text mode. English is used for\n" "installation, but the selected language will be used for the new system." Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/crowbar.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/crowbar.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:10:13 UTC (rev 96848) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/crowbar.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:11:19 UTC (rev 96849) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: crowbar\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-12 09:12+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-08 15:32+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor@belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja@opensuse.org>\n" @@ -40,26 +40,20 @@ msgid "" "<p>Here you can edit the location of your <b>Update Repositories</b>.</p>\n" "<p>\n" -"If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's enough " -"to enter server's URL and the paths\n" -" to repositories will be filled automatically.</p>It is also " -"possible to use custom paths. Some examples of how the URL could look like:\n" +"If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's enough to enter server's URL and the paths\n" +" to repositories will be filled automatically.</p>It is also possible to use custom paths. Some examples of how the URL could look like:\n" "</p><p>\n" "<ul>\n" -"<li><i>http://smt.example.com/repo/SUSE/Products/SLE-HA/12-SP1/x86_64/" -"product</i> for SMT server\n" -"<li><i>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/" -"sles11-sp3-x86_64/</i> for SUSE Manager Server.\n" +"<li><i>http://smt.example.com/repo/SUSE/Products/SLE-HA/12-SP1/x86_64/product</i> for SMT server\n" +"<li><i>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sles11-sp3-x86_64/</i> for SUSE Manager Server.\n" "</p><p>\n" "For detailed description, check the Deployment Guide.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>ここでは、 <b>更新リポジトリ</b> の場所を編集することができます。</p>\n" "<p>\n" -"リポジトリが SMT サーバや SUSE Manager Server 内に用意されている場合、サー" -"バの URL を指定すれば、\n" -"残りは自動的に補完されます。</p>独自のパスを指定することもできます。 URL 例と" -"しては、下記のようなものがあります:\n" +"リポジトリが SMT サーバや SUSE Manager Server 内に用意されている場合、サーバの URL を指定すれば、\n" +"残りは自動的に補完されます。</p>独自のパスを指定することもできます。 URL 例としては、下記のようなものがあります:\n" "</p><p>\n" "<ul>\n" "<li>SMT サーバの場合: <i>http://smt.example.com/repo/SUSE/Products/SLE-HA/12-SP1/x86_64/</i>\n" @@ -86,15 +80,11 @@ #. help text for the Network mode tab (do not translate bastion) #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:196 msgid "" -"<p>Here, define a <b>Network Mode</b> with relevant <b>Bonding Policy</b>.</" -"p>\n" -"<p>You can also specify interface names for the bastion network conduits as " -"space-separated list.</p>" +"<p>Here, define a <b>Network Mode</b> with relevant <b>Bonding Policy</b>.</p>\n" +"<p>You can also specify interface names for the bastion network conduits as space-separated list.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p> ここでは <b>ネットワークモード</b> と関連する <b>ボンディングポリシー</" -"b> を設定します。</p>\n" -"<p> スペース区切りの一覧で指定することで、 bastion ネットワーク用のインター" -"フェイス名を指定することもできます。 </p>" +"<p> ここでは <b>ネットワークモード</b> と関連する <b>ボンディングポリシー</b> を設定します。</p>\n" +"<p> スペース区切りの一覧で指定することで、 bastion ネットワーク用のインターフェイス名を指定することもできます。 </p>" #. textentry label #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:206 @@ -113,8 +103,7 @@ "<tt>[Quantifier][Speed][Order]</tt>.\n" "Valid examples are <tt>+1g2</tt>, <tt>10g1</tt> or <tt>?1g2</tt>.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>それぞれの物理インターフェイス設定は、下記のパターンで指定する必要がありま" -"す:\n" +"<p>それぞれの物理インターフェイス設定は、下記のパターンで指定する必要があります:\n" "<tt>[符号類] [速度] [順序]</tt>\n" "たとえば <tt>+1g2</tt>, <tt>10g1</tt>, <tt>?1g2</tt> のように指定します。</p>" @@ -399,9 +388,7 @@ #. label (hint for user) #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1502 msgid "If no user is present, user 'crowbar' with default password will be used." -msgstr "" -"何もユーザを指定しない場合、ユーザ名は 'crowbar' となり、パスワードは既定値が" -"使用されます。" +msgstr "何もユーザを指定しない場合、ユーザ名は 'crowbar' となり、パスワードは既定値が使用されます。" #. tab header #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1518 @@ -525,4 +512,3 @@ #: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:259 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "設定を書き込んでいます..." - Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/dhcp-server.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/dhcp-server.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:10:13 UTC (rev 96848) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/dhcp-server.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:11:19 UTC (rev 96849) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: dhcp-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:40\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/dns-server.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/dns-server.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:10:13 UTC (rev 96848) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/dns-server.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:11:19 UTC (rev 96849) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: dns-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:40\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/docker.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/docker.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:10:13 UTC (rev 96848) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/docker.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:11:19 UTC (rev 96849) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: docker\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:40\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/drbd.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/drbd.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:10:13 UTC (rev 96848) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/drbd.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:11:19 UTC (rev 96849) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: drbd\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:40\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" @@ -310,12 +310,26 @@ msgstr "<p><b></b><big>LVM設定</big></p>" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:116 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "\t\t<p><b>LVM configuration file /etc/lvm/lvm.conf</b></p>\n" +#| "\t\t<p>To use LVM with DRBD, it is necessary to change some options in the LVM configuration file and to remove stale cache entries on the nodes.</p>\t\t<p>Refer to 'man lvm.conf' for further information including the file layout.</p>\n" +#| "\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n" +#| "\t\t<p><b>Device Filter</b>: This masks the underlying block device from the list of devices LVM scans for Physical Volume signatures. This way, LVM is instructed to read Physical Volume signatures from DRBD devices, rather than from the underlying backing block devices.</p>\t\t<p><b>AutoFilter</b>: According to the configuration of drbd, LVM filter will always be changed automatically. To change it manually, disable the checkbox of AutoFilter.</p>\n" +#| "\t\t<p>The filter consists of an array of regular expressions. These expressions can be delimited by a character of your choice, and prefixed with either an 'a' (for accept) or 'r' (for reject).</p>\t\t<p>For example, setting filter as [\"r|/dev/sda.*|\"]</p>\n" +#| "\n" +#| "\t\t<p><b>LVM cache</b>: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. Should disable the LVM cache when combined drbd with LVM.</p>\n" +#| "\n" +#| "\t\t<p><b>LVMetad</b>: When lvmetad is enabled, the volume group metadata and PV state flags are obtained from the lvmetad instance and no scanning is done by the individual commands. Because lvmetad's cache cannot be synchronized between nodes, users are advised to disable lvmetad in cluster environments.</p>\n" +#| "\n" +#| "\t\t" msgid "" "\n" "\t\t<p><b>LVM configuration file /etc/lvm/lvm.conf</b></p>\n" "\t\t<p>To use LVM with DRBD, it is necessary to change some options in the LVM configuration file and to remove stale cache entries on the nodes.</p>\t\t<p>Refer to 'man lvm.conf' for further information including the file layout.</p>\n" "\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n" -"\t\t<p><b>Device Filter</b>: This masks the underlying block device from the list of devices LVM scans for Physical Volume signatures. This way, LVM is instructed to read Physical Volume signatures from DRBD devices, rather than from the underlying backing block devices.</p>\t\t<p><b>AutoFilter</b>: According to the configuration of drbd, LVM filter will always be changed automatically. To change it manually, disable the checkbox of AutoFilter.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b>Device Filter</b>: This masks the underlying block device from the list of devices LVM scans for Physical Volume signatures. This way, LVM is instructed to read Physical Volume signatures from DRBD devices, rather than from the underlying backing block devices.</p>\t\t<p><b>LVM Filter</b>: A filter that tells LVM2 to only use a restricted set of devices.</p>\n" "\t\t<p>The filter consists of an array of regular expressions. These expressions can be delimited by a character of your choice, and prefixed with either an 'a' (for accept) or 'r' (for reject).</p>\t\t<p>For example, setting filter as [\"r|/dev/sda.*|\"]</p>\n" "\n" "\t\t<p><b>LVM cache</b>: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. Should disable the LVM cache when combined drbd with LVM.</p>\n" @@ -472,40 +486,36 @@ "<b>［次へ］</b>をクリックして続行します。\n" "<br></p>\n" -#. Default is always true (auto) -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:44 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:42 msgid "LVM Filter Configuration of DRBD" msgstr "DRBDのLVMフィルタ設定" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:52 -msgid "Modify LVM Device filter Automatically" -msgstr "LVMデバイスフィルタを自動的に変更する" - -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:62 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:50 msgid "Device Filter" msgstr "デバイスフィルタ" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:72 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:60 msgid "Writing the LVM cache" msgstr "LVMキャッシュの書き込み" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:81 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:69 msgid "Enable LVM Cache" msgstr "LVMキャッシュの有効化" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:86 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:74 msgid "Warning! Should disable LVM cache for using drbd." msgstr "警告! drbdを使用するにはLVMキャッシュを無効にしてください。" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:97 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:85 msgid "Use lvmetad for LVM" msgstr "LVMにはlvmetadを使用してください。" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:106 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:94 msgid "Use LVM metad" msgstr "LVMメタデータを使用する" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:111 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:99 msgid "Warning! Should not use lvmetad for cluster." msgstr "警告! クラスタにlvmetadを使用してはいけません。" @@ -535,61 +545,61 @@ msgstr "保存" #. Since n_name can't be edit, so set direct is OK -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:336 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:331 msgid "Protocol" msgstr "プロトコル" #. return `cancel or a string -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:560 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:555 msgid "OK" msgstr "OK" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:561 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:556 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "キャンセル" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:575 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:570 msgid "Node name can not be empty." msgstr "ノード名は空白にはできません。" #. eg. ipv6 [fd01:2345:6789:abcd::1]:7800 -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:623 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:618 msgid "IPv6 address must be placed inside brackets." msgstr "IPv6アドレスは括弧内に配置する必要があります。" #. IPv6 should including port -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:631 src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:636 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:626 src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:631 msgid "IP/port should use 'addr:port' combination." msgstr "IP/ポートは「addr:port」の組み合わせを使用する必要があります。" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:644 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:639 msgid "Please enter a valid IP address." msgstr "有効なIPアドレスを入力してください。" #. Checking the port is number -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:651 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:646 msgid "Please enter a valid port number." msgstr "有効なポート番号を入力してください" #. myHelp("basic_conf"); -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:719 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:714 msgid "Node names must not include \".\" , using the local hostname." msgstr "ノード名には「.」を含めず、ローカルホスト名を使用してください。" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:739 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:734 msgid "Please fill out all fields." msgstr "すべてのフィールドを埋めてください。" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:754 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:749 msgid "Please configure at least two nodes." msgstr "少なくとも2つのノードを設定してください。" #. No need to check integrity since it will disabled when configuring -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:789 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:784 msgid "Enter the node name:" msgstr "ノード名を入力して下さい:" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:795 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:790 msgid "Node name must be different." msgstr "ノード名は別々でなければなりません。" @@ -696,70 +706,70 @@ #. #. Representation of the configuration of drbd. #. Input and output routines. -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:114 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:112 msgid "Failed to merge separated DRBD conf files\n" msgstr "分割されたDRBD環境設定ファイルをマージできませんでした\n" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:136 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:134 msgid "Failed to write drbd.conf.YaST2prepare" msgstr "drbd.conf.YaST2prepareを書き込めませんでした" #. DRBD read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:191 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:189 msgid "Initializing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "DRBD の設定を初期化しています" #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:199 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:197 msgid "Read global settings" msgstr "グローバル設定の読み込み" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:198 msgid "Read resources" msgstr "リソースを読込む" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:199 msgid "Read LVM configurations" msgstr "LVM設定を読み込む" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:202 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200 msgid "Read daemon status" msgstr "デーモンの状態を読込む" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:203 src/modules/Drbd.rb:210 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201 src/modules/Drbd.rb:208 msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" msgstr "SuSEFirewall設定を読み込む" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:206 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:204 msgid "Reading global settings..." msgstr "グローバル設定を読み込んでいます..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:207 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:205 msgid "Reading resources..." msgstr "リソースを読込み中..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:208 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:206 msgid "Reading LVM configurations..." msgstr "LVM設定を読み込んでいます..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:209 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:207 msgid "Reading daemon status..." msgstr "デーモンの状態を読込み中..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:211 src/modules/Drbd.rb:661 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:209 src/modules/Drbd.rb:664 msgid "Finished" msgstr "完了" #. new_map = remove(new_map, key); -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:514 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:512 msgid "Failed to backup drbd.conf" msgstr "drbd.confをバックアップできませんでした" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:523 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:521 msgid "Failed to clean drbd.conf for drbdadm test" msgstr "drbdadmのテスト用にdrbd.confをクリーンアップできませんでした" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:547 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:545 msgid "" "Invalid configuration of resource %1\n" "%2" @@ -767,12 +777,12 @@ "リソース %1 の無効な設定\n" "%2" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:566 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:564 msgid "Failed to bring drbd.conf back" msgstr "drbd.confを戻せませんでした" #. DRBD write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:637 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:640 msgid "Writing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "DRBD の設定を書き込んでいます" @@ -780,46 +790,49 @@ #. won't change modified flag #. return true if !@modified #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:649 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:652 msgid "Write global settings" msgstr "グローバル設定の書き込み" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:650 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:653 msgid "Write resources" msgstr "リソースを書込む" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:651 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:654 msgid "Write LVM configurations" msgstr "LVM設定を書き込む" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:652 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:655 msgid "Set daemon status" msgstr "デーモン状態の設定" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:653 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:656 msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings" msgstr "SuSEfirewall設定を書き込む" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:656 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:659 msgid "Writing global settings..." msgstr "グローバル設定を書き込んでいます..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:657 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:660 msgid "Writing resources..." msgstr "リソースを書込み中..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:658 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:661 msgid "Writing LVM configurations..." msgstr "LVM設定を書き込んでいます..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:659 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:662 msgid "Setting daemon status..." msgstr "デーモンの状態を設定しています..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:660 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:663 msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings" msgstr "SuSEFirewall設定を書き込んでいます" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:671 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:674 msgid "Failed to make directory /etc/drbd.d" msgstr "ディレクトリ/etc/drbd.dを作成できませんでした" + +#~ msgid "Modify LVM Device filter Automatically" +#~ msgstr "LVMデバイスフィルタを自動的に変更する" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/fcoe-client.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/fcoe-client.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:10:13 UTC (rev 96848) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/fcoe-client.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:11:19 UTC (rev 96849) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: fcoe-client\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:40\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/firewall-services.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/firewall-services.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:10:13 UTC (rev 96848) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/firewall-services.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:11:19 UTC (rev 96849) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: firewall-services\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:57+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:40\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/firewall.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/firewall.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:10:13 UTC (rev 96848) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/firewall.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:11:19 UTC (rev 96849) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: firewall\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:40\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/firstboot.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/firstboot.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:10:13 UTC (rev 96848) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/firstboot.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:11:19 UTC (rev 96849) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: firstboot\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:40\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/fonts.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/fonts.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:10:13 UTC (rev 96848) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/fonts.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:11:19 UTC (rev 96849) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: fonts\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-12 09:12+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-26 20:10+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor@belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja@opensuse.org>\n" @@ -28,121 +28,56 @@ msgstr "ビットマップフォント" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:104 -msgid "" -"Unlike 'outline fonts' (fonts described mathematically via curves; chosen in " -"the rest of profiles), 'bitmap fonts' represents group of fonts, which " -"contain bitmap for each glyph and size. Thus, only several sizes exist for " -"each font. They are very fast to render, because there's no need to compute " -"the bitmap and are considered more readable especially on small sizes (even, " -"some outline fonts contains so called 'embedded bitmaps', bitmap versions of " -"itself, for small sizes). Bitmap fonts are rendered black and white, not " -"smoothed." -msgstr "" -"'アウトラインフォント' (曲線を数学的に記述するフォント; プロファイル内の残り" -"の箇所で選択します) とは異なり、 'ビットマップフォント' には各グリフおよびサ" -"イズに対するビットマップ (点描画) が含まれています。そのため、各フォントには" -"複数のサイズが用意されています。ビットマップは計算の必要が無くそのまま描画で" -"きるため、非常に高速であり、かつ小さいサイズで表示する場合には見やすく表示す" -"ることができます。なお、アウトラインフォントによっては、小さいサイズ向けに " -"'内蔵ビットマップ' が用意されている場合もあります。ビットマップフォントは白と" -"黒だけで描画され、中間色がありません。そのため、見た目が滑らかになることもあ" -"りません。" +msgid "Unlike 'outline fonts' (fonts described mathematically via curves; chosen in the rest of profiles), 'bitmap fonts' represents group of fonts, which contain bitmap for each glyph and size. Thus, only several sizes exist for each font. They are very fast to render, because there's no need to compute the bitmap and are considered more readable especially on small sizes (even, some outline fonts contains so called 'embedded bitmaps', bitmap versions of itself, for small sizes). Bitmap fonts are rendered black and white, not smoothed." +msgstr "'アウトラインフォント' (曲線を数学的に記述するフォント; プロファイル内の残りの箇所で選択します) とは異なり、 'ビットマップフォント' には各グリフおよびサイズに対するビットマップ (点描画) が含まれています。そのため、各フォントには複数のサイズが用意されています。ビットマップは計算の必要が無くそのまま描画できるため、非常に高速であり、かつ小さいサイズで表示する場合には見やすく表示することができます。なお、アウトラインフォントによっては、小さいサイズ向けに '内蔵ビットマップ' が用意されている場合もあります。ビットマップフォントは白と黒だけで描画され、中間色がありません。そのため、見た目が滑らかになることもありません。" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:107 msgid "Black and White Rendering" msgstr "白黒描画" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:124 -msgid "" -"Fonts rendered without antialiasing (grayscale smoothing), black and white. " -"In contrast with smoothed fonts, they are much more readable without any " -"drawback of smoothing (fuzzy or uneven stems etc.). In connection with good " -"hinted fonts (e. g. Liberation 1 fonts), this setting can give bitmap " -"quality fonts while maintaining scalability." -msgstr "" -"アンチエイリアス (灰色を利用した滑らかな表示) を利用せずに描画すると、白と黒" -"のみを利用して描画します。滑らかに表示できるフォントとは異なり、表示がはっき" -"りして読みやすくなります (滑らかに表示すると、ぼやけたりして読みにくくなる場" -"合があります) 。たとえば Liberation 1 フォントのように、適切なヒント設定が為" -"されたフォントであれば、この設定によりビットマップと同等の品質を確保しなが" -"ら、滑らかにも表示できるようになります。" +msgid "Fonts rendered without antialiasing (grayscale smoothing), black and white. In contrast with smoothed fonts, they are much more readable without any drawback of smoothing (fuzzy or uneven stems etc.). In connection with good hinted fonts (e. g. Liberation 1 fonts), this setting can give bitmap quality fonts while maintaining scalability." +msgstr "アンチエイリアス (灰色を利用した滑らかな表示) を利用せずに描画すると、白と黒のみを利用して描画します。滑らかに表示できるフォントとは異なり、表示がはっきりして読みやすくなります (滑らかに表示すると、ぼやけたりして読みにくくなる場合があります) 。たとえば Liberation 1 フォントのように、適切なヒント設定が為されたフォントであれば、この設定によりビットマップと同等の品質を確保しながら、滑らかにも表示できるようになります。" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:127 msgid "Black and White Rendering for Monospaced Fonts" msgstr "等幅フォント向けの白黒描画" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:144 -msgid "" -"Monospaced fonts rendered not smoothed, other fonts (sans-serif, sans and " -"unspecified) will use default setting. Default family preference list is " -"used." -msgstr "" -"等幅フォントを滑らかには描画しません。その他のフォント (sans-serif, sans な" -"ど) は既定の設定を使用します。既定のファミリ設定一覧を使用します。" +msgid "Monospaced fonts rendered not smoothed, other fonts (sans-serif, sans and unspecified) will use default setting. Default family preference list is used." +msgstr "等幅フォントを滑らかには描画しません。その他のフォント (sans-serif, sans など) は既定の設定を使用します。既定のファミリ設定一覧を使用します。" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:147 msgid "Default" msgstr "既定値" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:164 -msgid "" -"Fonts are smoothed with antialiasing. Unlike black and white rendered fonts, " -"this setting can produce 'beautiful' fonts sometimes to the detriment of " -"readability. TrueType fonts, which are known to have good hinting " -"instructions are rendered with bytecode interpreter, otherwise FreeType " -"autohinter is used on the 'hintslight' hinting level. Using font native " -"hinting instructions produces glyphs displayed with thiner stems. Default " -"family preference list is used (nowdays TrueType fonts with good " -"instructions are prefered)." -msgstr "" -"フォントはアンチエイリアス処理で滑らかに表示されます。白黒で描画する場合とは" -"異なり、この設定によってフォントを '美しく' 表示することができますが、読みや" -"すさの点では劣るようになります。適切なヒント指定が含まれている TrueType フォ" -"ントの場合は、バイトコードインタプリタを利用して表示しますが、そうでない場合" -"は FreeType の自動ヒント処理が 'hintslight' のヒントレベルで動作します。フォ" -"ント内のネイティブなヒント指定を利用すると、書体はより細くなります。また、既" -"定のファミリ設定リストを使用します (新しい TrueType フォントであれば、適切な" -"ヒント指定を優先します) 。" +msgid "Fonts are smoothed with antialiasing. Unlike black and white rendered fonts, this setting can produce 'beautiful' fonts sometimes to the detriment of readability. TrueType fonts, which are known to have good hinting instructions are rendered with bytecode interpreter, otherwise FreeType autohinter is used on the 'hintslight' hinting level. Using font native hinting instructions produces glyphs displayed with thiner stems. Default family preference list is used (nowdays TrueType fonts with good instructions are prefered)." +msgstr "フォントはアンチエイリアス処理で滑らかに表示されます。白黒で描画する場合とは異なり、この設定によってフォントを '美しく' 表示することができますが、読みやすさの点では劣るようになります。適切なヒント指定が含まれている TrueType フォントの場合は、バイトコードインタプリタを利用して表示しますが、そうでない場合は FreeType の自動ヒント処理が 'hintslight' のヒントレベルで動作します。フォント内のネイティブなヒント指定を利用すると、書体はより細くなります。また、既定のファミリ設定リストを使用します (新しい TrueType フォントであれば、適切なヒント指定を優先します) 。" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:167 msgid "CFF Fonts" msgstr "CFF フォント" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:207 -msgid "" -"Given Adobe's contribution to FreeType library, CFF fonts can be considered " -"good compromise between readability and smoothness of rendered glyphs." -msgstr "" -"Adobe 社から FreeType ライブラリへの貢献により、 CFF フォントは一般に、読みや" -"すさと滑らかの両方を維持したまま書体を描画することができます。" +msgid "Given Adobe's contribution to FreeType library, CFF fonts can be considered good compromise between readability and smoothness of rendered glyphs." +msgstr "Adobe 社から FreeType ライブラリへの貢献により、 CFF フォントは一般に、読みやすさと滑らかの両方を維持したまま書体を描画することができます。" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:210 msgid "Exclusive Autohinter Rendering" msgstr "排他的自動ヒント描画" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:227 -msgid "" -"Unlike in default profile, even for good hinted fonts, FreeType's autohinter " -"is used (on the 'hintslight' level). That leads to thicker, but sometimes " -"fuzzier (and therefore less readable), glyphs. Default family preference " -"list is used." -msgstr "" -"既定のプロファイルとは異なり、適切なヒント処理があった場合でも FreeType の自" -"動ヒント処理を使用します ('hintslight' レベル) 。これにより、より太くかつ荒" -"い (そのため読みにくさが増す) 書体表示になります。既定のファミリ設定リストを" -"使用します。" +msgid "Unlike in default profile, even for good hinted fonts, FreeType's autohinter is used (on the 'hintslight' level). That leads to thicker, but sometimes fuzzier (and therefore less readable), glyphs. Default family preference list is used." +msgstr "既定のプロファイルとは異なり、適切なヒント処理があった場合でも FreeType の自動ヒント処理を使用します ('hintslight' レベル) 。これにより、より太くかつ荒い (そのため読みにくさが増す) 書体表示になります。既定のファミリ設定リストを使用します。" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:230 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:818 msgid "Subpixel Rendering" msgstr "サブピクセルレンダリング" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:255 -msgid "" -"Use subpixel rendering capability of LCD monitor. Requires subpixel " -"rendering enabled FreeType library." -msgstr "" -"LCD モニタ向けのサブピクセルレンダリング処理を使用します。サブピクセル描画機" -"能が有効化された FreeType ライブラリが必要となります。" +msgid "Use subpixel rendering capability of LCD monitor. Requires subpixel rendering enabled FreeType library." +msgstr "LCD モニタ向けのサブピクセルレンダリング処理を使用します。サブピクセル描画機能が有効化された FreeType ライブラリが必要となります。" #. for testsuite #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:181 @@ -211,8 +146,7 @@ "If you install them when this yast module is running,\n" "reread the profile to see results.\n" msgstr "" -"フォントは fontinfo.opensuse.org などを利用してインストールすることができま" -"す。\n" +"フォントは fontinfo.opensuse.org などを利用してインストールすることができます。\n" "この YaST モジュールが動作している際にフォントをインストールすると、\n" "結果を表示するためにプロファイルを再読み込みします。\n" @@ -235,9 +169,7 @@ #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:547 msgid "See README.subpixel-patents from yast2-fonts package documentation.\n" -msgstr "" -"yast2-fonts パッケージのドキュメンテーションにある README.subpixel-patents を" -"お読みください。\n" +msgstr "yast2-fonts パッケージのドキュメンテーションにある README.subpixel-patents をお読みください。\n" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:560 msgid "Match for %s" @@ -409,202 +341,120 @@ #. we are in user mode #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:999 -msgid "" -"This will irrecoverably remove user setting done previously with this module." -msgstr "" -"この処理により、このモジュールで以前に設定していたユーザ設定を復元不可能な形" -"で削除します。" +msgid "This will irrecoverably remove user setting done previously with this module." +msgstr "この処理により、このモジュールで以前に設定していたユーザ設定を復元不可能な形で削除します。" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1026 msgid "<h1>Font Configuraution Module</h1>" msgstr "<h1>フォント設定モジュール</h1>" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1027 -msgid "" -"<p>Module to control <b>system wide</b> or <b>user</b> font rendering " -"setting.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>システム全体</b> もしくは <b>ユーザ単位</b> にフォントの描画設定を行な" -"います。</p>" +msgid "<p>Module to control <b>system wide</b> or <b>user</b> font rendering setting.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>システム全体</b> もしくは <b>ユーザ単位</b> にフォントの描画設定を行ないます。</p>" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1028 -msgid "" -"<i>Distribution default</i> is font setting shipped on media and it is that " -"one almost same for years (not counting decisions of individual DE). " -msgstr "" -"<i>ディストリビューションの規定値</i> は、インストールメディア内に含まれてい" -"るフォント設定で、何年にもわたって変わらない設定です (ただし個別の DE で設定" -"した場合を除きます) 。" +msgid "<i>Distribution default</i> is font setting shipped on media and it is that one almost same for years (not counting decisions of individual DE). " +msgstr "<i>ディストリビューションの規定値</i> は、インストールメディア内に含まれているフォント設定で、何年にもわたって変わらない設定です (ただし個別の DE で設定した場合を除きます) 。" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1030 msgid "This setting can be changed:<ul>" msgstr "この設定は変更可能です:<ul>" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1031 -msgid "" -"<li>system wide when module is run with <tt>root</tt> credentials to create " -"<i>system setting.</i> " -msgstr "" -"<i>システム設定</i> を作成するには、 <tt>root</tt> でモジュールを動作させてく" -"ださい。この場合、システム全体に反映されます。" +msgid "<li>system wide when module is run with <tt>root</tt> credentials to create <i>system setting.</i> " +msgstr "<i>システム設定</i> を作成するには、 <tt>root</tt> でモジュールを動作させてください。この場合、システム全体に反映されます。" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1033 -msgid "" -"System, where font module never run or <b>Default</b> preset was chosen, " -"uses distribution default.</li>" -msgstr "" -"システムは、 フォントモジュールを一度も実行しない場合や、 <b>既定値</b> を選" -"択した場合は、ディストリビューションの既定値を使用します。</li>" +msgid "System, where font module never run or <b>Default</b> preset was chosen, uses distribution default.</li>" +msgstr "システムは、 フォントモジュールを一度も実行しない場合や、 <b>既定値</b> を選択した場合は、ディストリビューションの既定値を使用します。</li>" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1035 msgid "<li>for <i>user setting</i> when module is run as ordindary user. " -msgstr "" -"<li>モジュールを一般ユーザで動作させた場合、 <i>ユーザ設定</i> になります。" +msgstr "<li>モジュールを一般ユーザで動作させた場合、 <i>ユーザ設定</i> になります。" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1036 -msgid "" -"User, which never run this module or chooses to <b>Use system settings</b>, " -"uses system settings. " -msgstr "" -"ユーザは、このモジュールを一度も実行しない場合や <b>システム設定を使用する</" -"b> を選択すると、システム設定を使用します。 " +msgid "User, which never run this module or chooses to <b>Use system settings</b>, uses system settings. " +msgstr "ユーザは、このモジュールを一度も実行しない場合や <b>システム設定を使用する</b> を選択すると、システム設定を使用します。 " #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1037 -msgid "" -"User, which chooses <b>Default</b> preset, uses distribution default.</li></" -"ul>" -msgstr "" -"ユーザは、 <b>規定値</b> のプリセットを選択すると、ディストリビューションの既" -"定値を使用します。</li></ul>" +msgid "User, which chooses <b>Default</b> preset, uses distribution default.</li></ul>" +msgstr "ユーザは、 <b>規定値</b> のプリセットを選択すると、ディストリビューションの既定値を使用します。</li></ul>" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1038 msgid "<p><b>NOTE:</b> " msgstr "<p><b>注意:</b> " #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1039 -msgid "" -"In general, it is not recommended to combine font module user mode with " -"other font setting. " -msgstr "" -"一般的には、ユーザモードによるフォントモジュールの設定と、その他のフォント設" -"定を組み合わせないことをお勧めします。 " +msgid "In general, it is not recommended to combine font module user mode with other font setting. " +msgstr "一般的には、ユーザモードによるフォントモジュールの設定と、その他のフォント設定を組み合わせないことをお勧めします。 " #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1040 -msgid "" -"Nevertheless, setting in <tt>~/.config/fontconfig/fonts.conf</tt> should " -"always have precendence before arbitrary font module setting.</p>" -msgstr "" -"しかしながら、 <tt>~/.config/fontconfig/fonts.conf</tt> 内の設定は、常に任意" -"のフォントモジュールの設定より優先して働きます。" +msgid "Nevertheless, setting in <tt>~/.config/fontconfig/fonts.conf</tt> should always have precendence before arbitrary font module setting.</p>" +msgstr "しかしながら、 <tt>~/.config/fontconfig/fonts.conf</tt> 内の設定は、常に任意のフォントモジュールの設定より優先して働きます。" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1042 msgid "<p>Help for <i>Presets</i> button and for the current tab follows.</p>" msgstr "<p><i>プリセット</i> ボタンと現在のタブに対するヘルプです。</p>" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1043 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Presets</b> button serves a possibility to choose predefined profiles: " -"<ul>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>プリセット</b> ボタンは、事前に設定済みのプロファイルの中から選択できる" -"機能を提供します: <ul>" +msgid "<p><b>Presets</b> button serves a possibility to choose predefined profiles: <ul>" +msgstr "<p><b>プリセット</b> ボタンは、事前に設定済みのプロファイルの中から選択できる機能を提供します: <ul>" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1045 msgid "<li><b>%{name}: </b>%{help}</li>" msgstr "<li><b>%{name}: </b>%{help}</li>" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1050 -msgid "" -"Every single menu item there just fills appropriate setting in all tabs. " -"That setting can be later arbitrarily customized in depth by respective " -"individual fields of corresponding tabs.</p>" -msgstr "" -"ここにあるメニュー項目を選択すると、すべてのタブ内にある設定項目に入力を行な" -"います。入力された設定は、後からそれぞれのタブ内にある項目を編集することで、" -"個別に修正することができます。</p>" +msgid "Every single menu item there just fills appropriate setting in all tabs. That setting can be later arbitrarily customized in depth by respective individual fields of corresponding tabs.</p>" +msgstr "ここにあるメニュー項目を選択すると、すべてのタブ内にある設定項目に入力を行ないます。入力された設定は、後からそれぞれのタブ内にある項目を編集することで、個別に修正することができます。</p>" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1056 msgid "<h2>Match Preview Tab</h2>" msgstr "<h2>結果プレビュータブ</h2>" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1057 -msgid "" -"<p>In this paragraph, <i>current setting</i> means setting of the system " -"plus changes made in currently running fonts module.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>この段落において、 <i>現在の設定</i> はシステムの設定に加え、現在実行中の" -"フォントモジュールで変更した内容を含みます。</p>" +msgid "<p>In this paragraph, <i>current setting</i> means setting of the system plus changes made in currently running fonts module.</p>" +msgstr "<p>この段落において、 <i>現在の設定</i> はシステムの設定に加え、現在実行中のフォントモジュールで変更した内容を含みます。</p>" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1059 msgid "<p>Matches to system generic aliases can be seen in this initial tab. " msgstr "<p>システムの汎用別名の適用例は、冒頭のタブで表示することができます。 " #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1060 -msgid "" -"In other words, for every alias (%s) you can see family name, which resolves " -"to given alias according to <i>current setting.</i></p>" -msgstr "" -"言い換えると、それぞれの別名 (%s) に対して、 <i>現在の設定</i> に従って指定し" -"た別名に解決することのできるファミリ名がある、ということになります。</p>" +msgid "In other words, for every alias (%s) you can see family name, which resolves to given alias according to <i>current setting.</i></p>" +msgstr "言い換えると、それぞれの別名 (%s) に対して、 <i>現在の設定</i> に従って指定した別名に解決することのできるファミリ名がある、ということになります。</p>" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1063 -msgid "" -"<p>In adition to that, graphical mode allows to display font specimen of the " -"matched font rendered (again) taking <i>current setting</i> into account. " -msgstr "" -"<p>それに加えてグラフィカルモードでは、該当するフォントに対して <i>現在の設定" -"</i> を適用した場合の、描画例を表示することができます。 " +msgid "<p>In adition to that, graphical mode allows to display font specimen of the matched font rendered (again) taking <i>current setting</i> into account. " +msgstr "<p>それに加えてグラフィカルモードでは、該当するフォントに対して <i>現在の設定</i> を適用した場合の、描画例を表示することができます。 " #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1066 -msgid "" -"In the corresponding combo box, script coverage of matched font can be seen " -"and specimen string for given script can be chosen.</p>" -msgstr "" -"また、関連するコンボボックス内で、該当するフォントの文字範囲を表示することが" -"できるほか、指定した文字列に対する見本を選択することもできます。</p>" +msgid "In the corresponding combo box, script coverage of matched font can be seen and specimen string for given script can be chosen.</p>" +msgstr "また、関連するコンボボックス内で、該当するフォントの文字範囲を表示することができるほか、指定した文字列に対する見本を選択することもできます。</p>" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1068 -msgid "" -"<p>At the bottom, there are crucial rendering options duplicated from " -"Rendered Details Tab, which can be used to see changes in the rendering on " -"the fly.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>下のほうには、描画の詳細タブにある設定のうち、重要な項目を抜粋して表示して" -"います。これにより、描画結果をその場で確認することができるようになっていま" -"す。</p>" +msgid "<p>At the bottom, there are crucial rendering options duplicated from Rendered Details Tab, which can be used to see changes in the rendering on the fly.</p>" +msgstr "<p>下のほうには、描画の詳細タブにある設定のうち、重要な項目を抜粋して表示しています。これにより、描画結果をその場で確認することができるようになっています。</p>" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1074 msgid "<h2 id=\"tab_help\">Rendering Details Tab</h2>" msgstr "<h2 id=\"tab_help\">描画の詳細タブ</h2>" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1075 -msgid "" -"<p>This tab controls <b>how</b> fonts are rendered. It allows you to amend " -"font rendering algorithms to be used and change their options.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>このタブでは、フォントを <b>どのように</b> 描画するのかを制御します。使用" -"するフォントの描画方法を変更したり、オプションを変更したりすることもできま" -"す。</p>" +msgid "<p>This tab controls <b>how</b> fonts are rendered. It allows you to amend font rendering algorithms to be used and change their options.</p>" +msgstr "<p>このタブでは、フォントを <b>どのように</b> 描画するのかを制御します。使用するフォントの描画方法を変更したり、オプションを変更したりすることもできます。</p>" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1078 msgid "<h3>Antialiasing</h3>" msgstr "<h3>アンチエイリアス</h3>" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1079 -msgid "" -"<p>By default, all outline fonts are smoothed by method called " -"<i>antialiasing.</i>" -msgstr "" -"<p>既定では、すべてのアウトラインフォントを <i>アンチエイリアス</i> と呼ばれ" -"る方式で滑らかに表示します。" +msgid "<p>By default, all outline fonts are smoothed by method called <i>antialiasing.</i>" +msgstr "<p>既定では、すべてのアウトラインフォントを <i>アンチエイリアス</i> と呼ばれる方式で滑らかに表示します。" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1081 -msgid "" -" Black and white rendering can be forced for all fonts or for monospaced " -"only.</p>" -msgstr "" -" 白黒での描画は、すべてのフォントに対して強制することができるほか、等幅フォン" -"トのみに強制することもできます。" +msgid " Black and white rendering can be forced for all fonts or for monospaced only.</p>" +msgstr " 白黒での描画は、すべてのフォントに対して強制することができるほか、等幅フォントのみに強制することもできます。" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1083 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1097 #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1118 @@ -616,88 +466,48 @@ msgstr "<h3>ヒント処理</h3>" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1088 -msgid "" -"<p>Hinting instructions helps rasterizer to fit glyphs stems to the grid.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>ヒント指定は、ラスタライザに対して文字の軸を格子にあわせるよう支援します。" -"</p>" +msgid "<p>Hinting instructions helps rasterizer to fit glyphs stems to the grid.</p>" +msgstr "<p>ヒント指定は、ラスタライザに対して文字の軸を格子にあわせるよう支援します。</p>" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1090 -msgid "" -"<p>In the default setting, FreeType's autohinter can be used depending on " -"font type and quality of own instructions. Use of autohinter can be forced " -"by <b>Force Autohinting On</b> option.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>既定の設定では、 FreeType の自動ヒント機能はフォントの種類や自身のヒント設" -"定品質に依存して使用することができます。また、自動ヒントは <b>自動ヒントを強" -"制的に有効にすね</b> オプションを選択することで、強制的に有効化することもでき" -"ます。</p>" +msgid "<p>In the default setting, FreeType's autohinter can be used depending on font type and quality of own instructions. Use of autohinter can be forced by <b>Force Autohinting On</b> option.</p>" +msgstr "<p>既定の設定では、 FreeType の自動ヒント機能はフォントの種類や自身のヒント設定品質に依存して使用することができます。また、自動ヒントは <b>自動ヒントを強制的に有効にすね</b> オプションを選択することで、強制的に有効化することもできます。</p>" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1094 msgid "<p>For each hinting algorithm, hint style (hinting level) is chosen." -msgstr "" -"<p>それぞれのヒント処理アルゴリズムに対して、ヒントスタイル (ヒントレベル) を" -"選択します。" +msgstr "<p>それぞれのヒント処理アルゴリズムに対して、ヒントスタイル (ヒントレベル) を選択します。" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1095 -msgid "" -" It is possible to set hint style globally by <b>Force Hint Style</b> option." -"</p>" -msgstr "" -" <b>ヒントスタイルの強制</b> オプションを設定することで、全体のヒントスタイル" -"を設定することもできます。</p>" +msgid " It is possible to set hint style globally by <b>Force Hint Style</b> option.</p>" +msgstr " <b>ヒントスタイルの強制</b> オプションを設定することで、全体のヒントスタイルを設定することもできます。</p>" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1101 msgid "<h3>Embedded Bitmaps</h3>" msgstr "<h3>内蔵ビットマップ</h3>" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1102 -msgid "" -"<p>Some outline fonts contain so called bitmap strikes, i. e. bitmap version " -"of given font for certain sizes. In this section it can be turned off " -"entirely, on only for fonts which cover specified languages, or on for every " -"font." -msgstr "" -"<p>アウトラインフォントによっては、ビットマップストライクと呼ばれる、特定サイ" -"ズ用のビットマップ版フォントが用意されている場合があります。この章では、これ" -"を完全に無効化するか、もしくは指定した言語をカバーするフォントに対してのみ有" -"効化するか、もしくはすべてに対して有効化するかを選択することができます。" +msgid "<p>Some outline fonts contain so called bitmap strikes, i. e. bitmap version of given font for certain sizes. In this section it can be turned off entirely, on only for fonts which cover specified languages, or on for every font." +msgstr "<p>アウトラインフォントによっては、ビットマップストライクと呼ばれる、特定サイズ用のビットマップ版フォントが用意されている場合があります。この章では、これを完全に無効化するか、もしくは指定した言語をカバーするフォントに対してのみ有効化するか、もしくはすべてに対して有効化するかを選択することができます。" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1109 msgid "<h3>Subpixel Rendering</h3>" msgstr "<h3>サブピクセルレンダリング</h3>" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1110 -msgid "" -"<p>Subpixel rendering multiples resolution in one direction by using colour " -"primaries (subpixels) of an LCD display.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>サブピクセルレンダリングとは、 LCD ディスプレイの原色 (サブピクセル) を利" -"用して、一方向に対する解像度を増やす技術です。</p>" +msgid "<p>Subpixel rendering multiples resolution in one direction by using colour primaries (subpixels) of an LCD display.</p>" +msgstr "<p>サブピクセルレンダリングとは、 LCD ディスプレイの原色 (サブピクセル) を利用して、一方向に対する解像度を増やす技術です。</p>" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1112 -msgid "" -"<p>Choose LCD filter, which should be used, and subpixel layout " -"corresponding to display and its rotation.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>使用すべき LCD フィルタと表示の際に使用するサブピクセルのレイアウト、そし" -"てその向きを選択します。</p>" +msgid "<p>Choose LCD filter, which should be used, and subpixel layout corresponding to display and its rotation.</p>" +msgstr "<p>使用すべき LCD フィルタと表示の際に使用するサブピクセルのレイアウト、そしてその向きを選択します。</p>" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1114 -msgid "" -"<p>Note, that due to patent reasons, FreeType has subpixel rendering turned " -"off by default." -msgstr "" -"<p>なお、特許上の理由により、既定では FreeType はサブピクセルレンダリングの機" -"能が無効化されています。" +msgid "<p>Note, that due to patent reasons, FreeType has subpixel rendering turned off by default." +msgstr "<p>なお、特許上の理由により、既定では FreeType はサブピクセルレンダリングの機能が無効化されています。" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1116 -msgid "" -" Without FreeType's subpixel rendering support compiled in, setting in this " -"section has no effect.</p>" -msgstr "" -" FreeType のサブピクセルレンダリングのサポートがコンパイルされ内蔵されていな" -"いと、このセクションでの設定は意味をなしません。</p>" +msgid " Without FreeType's subpixel rendering support compiled in, setting in this section has no effect.</p>" +msgstr " FreeType のサブピクセルレンダリングのサポートがコンパイルされ内蔵されていないと、このセクションでの設定は意味をなしません。</p>" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1122 msgid "<h2>Prefered Families Tab</h2>" @@ -712,98 +522,56 @@ msgstr "<h3>設定リスト</h3>" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1125 -msgid "" -"<p>Here, Family Preference Lists (FPL) for generic aliases (%s) can be " -"defined." -msgstr "" -"<p>ここでは、一般的な別名 (%s) に対するファミリ優先リスト (FPL) を設定しま" -"す。" +msgid "<p>Here, Family Preference Lists (FPL) for generic aliases (%s) can be defined." +msgstr "<p>ここでは、一般的な別名 (%s) に対するファミリ優先リスト (FPL) を設定します。" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1127 -msgid "" -" These are sorted lists of family names, with most prefered family first." -msgstr "" -" これらは並べ替えられたファミリ名の一覧です。優先するファミリが先に表示されて" -"います。" +msgid " These are sorted lists of family names, with most prefered family first." +msgstr " これらは並べ替えられたファミリ名の一覧です。優先するファミリが先に表示されています。" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1129 msgid " There is default (system-wide) FPL yet defined for each generic alias." -msgstr "" -" それぞれの汎用の別名に対して設定された、既定の (システム全体での) FPL もあり" -"ます。" +msgstr " それぞれの汎用の別名に対して設定された、既定の (システム全体での) FPL もあります。" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1130 msgid " FPLs defined in this dialog will be prepended to them.</p>" msgstr " このダイアログ内で設定された FPL はそれらの冒頭に追加されます。</p>" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1131 -msgid "" -"<p>System will look for the first <b>installed</b> family in the list, other " -"query elements taking into account of course. Available font packages for " -"SUSE distributions can be browsed and installed from <b>fontinfo.opensuse." -"org.</b></p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>システムでは、まず <b>インストール済み</b> のファミリを検索します。もちろ" -"ん他の問い合わせ要素も反映します。 SUSE ディストリビューションで利用可能な" -"フォントパッケージは、 <b>fontinfo.opensuse.org</b> で参照してインストールす" -"ることができます。</p>" +msgid "<p>System will look for the first <b>installed</b> family in the list, other query elements taking into account of course. Available font packages for SUSE distributions can be browsed and installed from <b>fontinfo.opensuse.org.</b></p>" +msgstr "<p>システムでは、まず <b>インストール済み</b> のファミリを検索します。もちろん他の問い合わせ要素も反映します。 SUSE ディストリビューションで利用可能なフォントパッケージは、 <b>fontinfo.opensuse.org</b> で参照してインストールすることができます。</p>" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1138 msgid "<h3>Forcing Family Preferences</h3>" msgstr "<h3>ファミリ設定の強制</h3>" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1139 -msgid "" -"<p>In some circumstances, FPLs defined in this dialog are not taken into " -"account. Following two options strenghten their role.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>場合によっては、このダイアログ内で設定した FPL が適用されないことがありま" -"す。下記 2 つのオプションで役割を強化することができます。</p>" +msgid "<p>In some circumstances, FPLs defined in this dialog are not taken into account. Following two options strenghten their role.</p>" +msgstr "<p>場合によっては、このダイアログ内で設定した FPL が適用されないことがあります。下記 2 つのオプションで役割を強化することができます。</p>" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1142 msgid "<h4>Search Metric Compatible</h4>" msgstr "<h4>メトリック互換を検索</h4>" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1143 -msgid "" -"<p>Two fonts are metric compatible, when all corresponding letters are of " -"the same size. That implies, document displayed using these fonts has the " -"same same size too, same line wraps etc.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>すべての関連する文字が同じサイズであった場合、それらのフォントはメトリック" -"互換があるものとみなされます。これはつまり、どちらのフォントを使用して文書を" -"表示しても同じサイズで、同じ改行位置などにもなることを示します。</p>" +msgid "<p>Two fonts are metric compatible, when all corresponding letters are of the same size. That implies, document displayed using these fonts has the same same size too, same line wraps etc.</p>" +msgstr "<p>すべての関連する文字が同じサイズであった場合、それらのフォントはメトリック互換があるものとみなされます。これはつまり、どちらのフォントを使用して文書を表示しても同じサイズで、同じ改行位置などにもなることを示します。</p>" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1146 -msgid "" -"<p>Via default setting, system substitutes metric compatible fonts " -"preferably, and FPLs defined in this dialog can be circumvented by this rule." -"</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>既定の設定を通して、システムはメトリック互換フォントの置き換えを実施するほ" -"か、このダイアログで設定した FPL を迂回するルールなどを設定することができま" -"す。</p>" +msgid "<p>Via default setting, system substitutes metric compatible fonts preferably, and FPLs defined in this dialog can be circumvented by this rule.</p>" +msgstr "<p>既定の設定を通して、システムはメトリック互換フォントの置き換えを実施するほか、このダイアログで設定した FPL を迂回するルールなどを設定することができます。</p>" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1148 -msgid "" -"<p>Where metric compatibility does not matter, this option can be unchecked." -"</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>メトリック互換を気にしない場合は、チェックを外してもかまいません。</p>" +msgid "<p>Where metric compatibility does not matter, this option can be unchecked.</p>" +msgstr "<p>メトリック互換を気にしない場合は、チェックを外してもかまいません。</p>" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1149 msgid "<h4>Never use other fonts</h4>" msgstr "<h4>他のフォントを使用しない</h4>" #: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1150 -msgid "" -"<p>When checked, this option introduces very strong position for here " -"defined preference lists. It pushes families from there before document or " -"GUI requests, if they cover required charset.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>このオプションを有効にすると、ここで設定した優先リストを非常に強い位置に配" -"置します。必要な文字セットが含まれている限り、文書や GUI が要求するよりも前" -"に、これらのファミリを優先して使用するようにします。</p>" +msgid "<p>When checked, this option introduces very strong position for here defined preference lists. It pushes families from there before document or GUI requests, if they cover required charset.</p>" +msgstr "<p>このオプションを有効にすると、ここで設定した優先リストを非常に強い位置に配置します。必要な文字セットが含まれている限り、文書や GUI が要求するよりも前に、これらのファミリを優先して使用するようにします。</p>" #. delete families, that are part of list for some alias #: src/lib/fonts/fpl-add-dialog.rb:57 Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/ftp-server.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/ftp-server.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:10:13 UTC (rev 96848) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/ftp-server.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:11:19 UTC (rev 96849) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ftp-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:40\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/geo-cluster.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/geo-cluster.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:10:13 UTC (rev 96848) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/geo-cluster.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:11:19 UTC (rev 96849) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: geo-cluster\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:40\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/http-server.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/http-server.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:10:13 UTC (rev 96848) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/http-server.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:11:19 UTC (rev 96849) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: http-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:40\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/inetd.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/inetd.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:10:13 UTC (rev 96848) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/inetd.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:11:19 UTC (rev 96849) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: inetd\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:40\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/installation.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/installation.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:10:13 UTC (rev 96848) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/installation.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:11:19 UTC (rev 96849) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: installation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:40\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" @@ -472,7 +472,7 @@ msgstr "%1 %2 のアップデート" #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:172 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:321 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:306 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "不明な製品" @@ -513,14 +513,14 @@ #. 7 = Failed to connect to host. #. 28 = Operation timeout. #. push button -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:184 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:178 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:126 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:319 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:304 msgid "Re&lease Notes..." msgstr "リリースノート(&L)..." #. help text for initial (first time) language screen -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:198 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:192 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Choose the <b>Language</b> and the <b>Keyboard layout</b> to be used during\n" @@ -534,7 +534,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. Describes the #ICW_B1 button -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:206 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:200 msgid "" "<p>\n" "The license must be accepted before the installation continues.\n" @@ -547,7 +547,7 @@ "</p>\n" #. help text, continued -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:213 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:207 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Click <b>Next</b> to proceed to the next dialog.\n" @@ -558,7 +558,7 @@ "</p>\n" #. help text, continued -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:219 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:213 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Nothing will happen to your computer until you confirm\n" @@ -571,7 +571,7 @@ "</p>\n" #. help text, continued -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:226 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:220 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Select <b>Abort</b> to abort the\n" @@ -584,49 +584,49 @@ "</p>\n" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:242 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:469 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:236 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:434 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "ライセンス契約" #. combo box label #. combobox #. TRANSLATORS: Combo box -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:266 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:260 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:217 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:429 msgid "&Language" msgstr "言語(&L)" #. combo box label -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:276 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:270 msgid "&Keyboard Layout" msgstr "キーボード配列(&K)" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:290 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:284 msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms." msgstr "はい、ライセンスに同意します(&A)。" #. Report error about missing license acceptance -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:317 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:311 msgid "You must accept the license to install this product" msgstr "この製品をインストールするには、ライセンスに同意する必要があります" #. TRANSLATORS: addition license information #. %1 is replaced with the filename. Please keep #. the translation VERY short. -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:437 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:402 msgid "EULA location in the installed system: %s" msgstr "インストールしたシステムのEULAの場所: %s" #. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:460 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:425 msgid "K&eyboard Test" msgstr "キーボードテスト(&E)" #. TRANSLATORS: button label -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:494 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:459 msgid "License &Translations..." msgstr "ライセンス翻訳(&T) ..." @@ -807,33 +807,33 @@ msgstr "イメージ展開用のハードディスク" #. popup label -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:65 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:63 msgid "Detecting Available Controllers" msgstr "利用可能なコントローラを検出中" #. dialog caption -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:81 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:79 msgid "Disk Activation" msgstr "ディスクの有効化" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:91 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:89 msgid "Configure &DASD Disks" msgstr "DASD ディスクの設定(&D)" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:97 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:95 msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks" msgstr "ZFCP ディスクの設定(&Z)" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:103 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:101 msgid "Configure &FCoE Interfaces" msgstr "FCoEインタフェースの設定(&F)" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:117 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:115 msgid "Configure &iSCSI Disks" msgstr "iSCSIディスクの設定(&I)" #. Finish -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:178 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:176 msgid "Net&work Configuration..." msgstr "ネットワーク設定(&W)..." @@ -864,17 +864,17 @@ msgstr "インストールを初期化しています..." #. popup message, list of repositores is appended to the text -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:142 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:141 msgid "Package updates have been found in these additional repositories:" msgstr "次の追加リポジトリ内にパッケージの更新が見つかりました:" #. yes/no popup question -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:160 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:159 msgid "Start the software manager to check and install the updates?" msgstr "ソフトウェアマネージャを起動し、更新を確認してインストールしますか?" #. check box -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:501 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:494 msgid "Show &package updates" msgstr "パッケージの更新の表示(&P)" @@ -1195,88 +1195,88 @@ #. This dialog in not interactive #. always return `back when came from the previous dialog -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:86 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:80 msgid "Analyzing the Computer" msgstr "コンピュータを分析中" #. TRANSLATORS: progress steps in system probing -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:105 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:99 msgid "Probe USB devices" msgstr "USB デバイスの検出" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:106 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:100 msgid "Probing USB devices..." msgstr "USB デバイスを検出しています..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:109 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:103 msgid "Probe FireWire devices" msgstr "FireWire (IEEE 1394) デバイスの検出" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:110 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:104 msgid "Probing FireWire devices..." msgstr "ファイアワイヤデバイスを検出中..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:113 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:107 msgid "Probe floppy disk devices" msgstr "フロッピーディスクデバイスの検出" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:114 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:108 msgid "Probing floppy disk devices..." msgstr "フロッピーディスクデバイスを検出中..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:118 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:112 msgid "Probe hard disk controllers" msgstr "ハードディスクコントローラの検出" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:119 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:113 msgid "Probing hard disk controllers..." msgstr "ハードディスクコントローラを検出中..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:122 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:116 msgid "Load kernel modules for hard disk controllers" msgstr "ハードディスクコントローラのカーネルモジュールのロード" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:123 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:117 msgid "Loading kernel modules for hard disk controllers..." msgstr "ハードディスクコントローラのためのカーネルモジュールをロード中..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:126 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:120 msgid "Probe hard disks" msgstr "ハードディスクの検出" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:127 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:121 msgid "Probing hard disks..." msgstr "ハードディスクを検出中..." #. FATE #302980: Simplified user config during installation -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:134 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:128 msgid "Search for system files" msgstr "ファイルシステムの検索" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:135 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:129 msgid "Searching for system files..." msgstr "システムファイルを検索しています..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132 msgid "Initialize software manager" msgstr "ソフトウェアマネージャの初期化" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:139 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133 msgid "Initializing software manager..." msgstr "ソフトウェアマネージャを初期化しています..." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138 msgid "System Probing" msgstr "システム検出" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:150 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144 msgid "YaST is probing computer hardware and installed systems now." msgstr "YaSTはコンピュータのハードウェアとインストール済みシステムを検出しています。" #. additonal error when HW was not found -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:257 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:242 msgid "" "\n" "Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation." @@ -1285,7 +1285,7 @@ "インストール時に特定のハードウェアドライバが必要な場合は、「drivers.suse.com」を参照してください。" #. pop-up error report -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:271 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:256 msgid "" "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" "Please check your hardware!\n" @@ -1295,7 +1295,7 @@ "ハードウェアを確認してください。\n" "%1\n" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:281 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:266 msgid "" "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" "During an automatic installation, they might be detected later.\n" @@ -1306,7 +1306,7 @@ "(特にs390やiSCSIシステムの場合)。\n" #. pop-up error report -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:292 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:277 msgid "" "No hard disks and no hard disk controllers were\n" "found for the installation.\n" @@ -1319,7 +1319,7 @@ "%1\n" #. popup message -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:337 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:322 msgid "" "Failed to initialize the software repositories.\n" "Aborting the installation." @@ -1327,8 +1327,32 @@ "ソフトウエアリポジトリの初期化に失敗しました。\n" "インストールを中止します。" +#. TRANSLATORS: error message +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:225 +msgid "" +"<p>Cannot obtain the installer update repository URL\n" +"from the registration server.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: part of an error message, %s is the default repository +#. URL from control.xml +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:231 +msgid "<p>The default URL %s will be used.<p>" +msgstr "" + +#. Ask the user to chose a registration server +#. +#. @param services [Array<SlpServiceClass::Service>] Array of registration servers +#. @return [SlpServiceClass::Service,Symbol] Registration service to use; :scc if SCC is selected; +#. :cancel if the dialog was dismissed. +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:308 +msgid "" +"Select a detected registration server from the list\n" +"to search for installer updates." +msgstr "" + #. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:187 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:389 msgid "" "A valid update could not be found at\n" "%s.\n" @@ -1340,7 +1364,7 @@ "\n" #. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:193 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:395 msgid "" "Could not fetch update from\n" "%s.\n" @@ -1356,9 +1380,10 @@ #. Ask the user about checking network configuration. If she/he accepts, #. the `inst_lan` client will be launched. #. +#. @param url [URI] URL to show in the message #. @return [Boolean] true if the network configuration client was launched; #. false if the network is not configured. -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:221 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:425 msgid "" "\n" "Would you like to check your network configuration\n" @@ -1371,7 +1396,7 @@ #. Note: the proxy cannot be configured in the YaST installer yet, #. it needs to be set via the "proxy" boot option. #. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:265 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:470 msgid "" "Downloading the optional installer updates from \n" "%s\n" @@ -1393,6 +1418,57 @@ "更新リポジトリへのアクセスにプロキシサーバが必要な場合、\n" "「proxy」ブートパラメータを使用してください\n" +#. TRANSLATORS: progress label +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:579 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Update Repository" +msgid "Add Update Repository" +msgstr "更新リポジトリ" + +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:580 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Keep Downloaded Packages" +msgid "Download the Packages" +msgstr "ダウンロード済みのパッケージを保存" + +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:581 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Copy the packages" +msgid "Apply the Packages" +msgstr "パッケージのコピー" + +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:582 +msgid "Restart" +msgstr "再起動する" + +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:585 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Select an AutoYast Profile" +msgid "Fetching AutoYast Profile" +msgstr "AutoYastプロファイルの選択" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title +#. TRANSLATORS: progress title +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:595 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:597 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Updating the sound volume..." +msgid "Updating the Installer..." +msgstr "サウンド音量を更新しています..." + +#. Fetch the profile from the given URI +#. +#. @return [Hash, nil] current profile if fetched or exists; nil otherwise +#. +#. @see Yast::Profile.current +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:668 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error reading control file." +msgid "" +"Error while parsing the control file.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "コントロールファイルの読み込み中にエラーが発生しました。" + #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:109 msgid "Removed" @@ -1446,8 +1522,8 @@ #. menu button #. menu button #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:247 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:647 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:762 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:651 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:766 msgid "&Change..." msgstr "変更(&C)..." @@ -1742,8 +1818,11 @@ msgstr "これらの設定をシステムに書き込んでも意味がありません。" #. proposal part - bootloader label +#. For some reason the CheckBoxFrame Label is cut if the label size +#. exceeds the CheckBoxFrame content's width. MinWidth with label length +#. is used to avoid this issue. #: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_import_proposal.rb:21 -#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:91 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:98 msgid "Import SSH Host Keys and Configuration" msgstr "SSHホスト鍵および設定のインポート" @@ -1820,26 +1899,26 @@ msgstr "インストールしたシステムへログファイルをコピー中..." #. Event callback for the 'ok' button -#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:69 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:65 msgid "I would like to import SSH keys from a previous installation" msgstr "以前のインストール環境からSSH鍵をインポートする" -#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:95 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:102 msgid "<p>Every SSH server is identified by one or several public host keys. Choose an existing Linux installation to reuse the host keys -and thus the identity- of its SSH server. The key files found in /etc/ssh (one pair of files per host key) will be copied to the new system being installed.</p><p>Check <b>Import SSH Configuration</b> to also copy other files found in /etc/ssh, in addition to the keys.</p>" msgstr "<p>SSHサーバはそれぞれ1つまたは複数の公開ホスト鍵によって識別されます。既存のLinuxインストール環境を選択し、そのSSHサーバのホスト鍵(つまりID)を再使用します。/etc/sshにある鍵ファイル(ホスト鍵につき1ペアのファイル)がインストール先の新しいシステムにコピーされます。</p><p><b></b>［SSH設定をインポート］をオンにすると、鍵の他に/etc/sshにあるその他のファイルもコピーされます。</p>" #. AutoYaST configuration mode. The user can input the device e.b. /dev/sda0 -#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:108 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:115 msgid "&Device" msgstr "デバイス(&D)" #. TRANSLATORS: %{system_name} is a string like "openSUSE 13.2", %{device} #. is a string like /dev/sda1 -#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:129 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:136 msgid "%{system_name} at %{device}" msgstr "%{system_name} (%{device})" -#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:134 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:141 msgid "Import SSH Configuration" msgstr "SSH設定のインポート" @@ -1864,7 +1943,7 @@ msgstr "ユーザの要求によって、環境設定をスキップします" #. error message is a popup -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:272 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:274 msgid "" "The proposal contains an error that must be\n" "resolved before continuing.\n" @@ -1873,25 +1952,25 @@ "続行するにはエラーを解決する必要があります。\n" #. busy message -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:381 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:383 msgid "Adapting the proposal to the current settings..." msgstr "現在の設定に沿うよう提案内容を調整しています..." #. busy message; #. Initial contents of proposal subwindow while proposals are calculated -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:385 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:667 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:387 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:671 msgid "Analyzing your system..." msgstr "システムを分析中..." #. fallback proposal, means usually an internal error -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:487 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:489 msgid "ERROR: No proposal" msgstr "エラー: 選択肢がありません" #. Submodules handle their own error reporting #. text for a message box -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:526 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:530 msgid "" "Configuration saved.\n" "There were errors." @@ -1904,36 +1983,36 @@ #. Translators: About 40 characters max, #. use newlines for longer translations. #. radio button -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:621 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:625 msgid "&Skip Configuration" msgstr "環境設定をスキップ(&S)" #. radio button -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:630 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:634 msgid "&Use Following Configuration" msgstr "次の環境設定を使用(&U)" #. Help message between headline and installation proposal / settings summary. #. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:693 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:697 msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." msgstr "設定を変更するには、次の見出しをクリックするか、下にある［変更］メニューを使用します。" -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:697 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:701 msgid "Click a headline to make changes." msgstr "変更する場合は、ヘッドラインをクリックしてください。" #. menu button item -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:757 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:761 msgid "&Reset to defaults" msgstr "デフォルトに戻す(&D)" #. FATE #120373 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:779 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:783 msgid "&Update" msgstr "アップデート(&U)" -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:779 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:783 msgid "&Install" msgstr "インストールする(&I)" @@ -1968,7 +2047,7 @@ #. Help text for installation proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:426 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:435 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Select <b>Install</b> to perform a new installation with the values displayed.\n" @@ -1981,7 +2060,7 @@ #. so update #. Help text for update proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:434 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:443 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Select <b>Update</b> to perform an update with the values displayed.\n" @@ -1993,7 +2072,7 @@ #. Help text for network configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:443 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:452 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Put the network settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n" @@ -2005,7 +2084,7 @@ #. Help text for service configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:451 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:460 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Put the service settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n" @@ -2017,7 +2096,7 @@ #. Help text for hardware configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:459 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:468 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Put the hardware settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n" @@ -2028,12 +2107,12 @@ "</p>\n" #. Proposal in uml module -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:466 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:475 msgid "<P><B>UML Installation Proposal</B></P>" msgstr "<P><B>UMLインストールの推奨設定</B></P>" #. help text -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:468 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:477 msgid "" "<P>UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n" "Linux virtual machines in the host system.</P>" @@ -2044,7 +2123,7 @@ #. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or #. hardhware configuration. #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:482 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:491 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To use the settings as displayed, press <b>Next</b>.\n" @@ -2062,7 +2141,7 @@ msgstr "リモート管理を有効にしています..." #. A Continue-Cancel popup -#: src/lib/installation/select_system_role.rb:79 +#: src/lib/installation/select_system_role.rb:80 msgid "Changing the system role may undo adjustments you may have done." msgstr "システムの役割を変更すると、実行した調節が元に戻る場合があります。" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/instserver.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/instserver.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:10:13 UTC (rev 96848) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/instserver.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:11:19 UTC (rev 96849) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: instserver\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:40\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/iplb.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/iplb.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:10:13 UTC (rev 96848) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/iplb.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:11:19 UTC (rev 96849) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: iplb\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:40\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/iscsi-client.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/iscsi-client.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:10:13 UTC (rev 96848) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/iscsi-client.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:11:19 UTC (rev 96849) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: iscsi-client\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:40\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/iscsi-lio-server.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/iscsi-lio-server.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:10:13 UTC (rev 96848) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/iscsi-lio-server.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:11:19 UTC (rev 96849) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: iscsi-lio-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:40\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/isns.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/isns.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:10:13 UTC (rev 96848) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/isns.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:11:19 UTC (rev 96849) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: isns\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:40\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/journal.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/journal.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:10:13 UTC (rev 96848) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/journal.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:11:19 UTC (rev 96849) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: journal\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:40\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/journalctl.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/journalctl.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:10:13 UTC (rev 96848) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/journalctl.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:11:19 UTC (rev 96849) @@ -127,4 +127,3 @@ #: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:130 msgid "Message" msgstr "メッセージ" - Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/kdump.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/kdump.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:10:13 UTC (rev 96848) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/kdump.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:11:19 UTC (rev 96849) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: kdump\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:40\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" @@ -362,7 +362,7 @@ #. Force value to false, so it's actually rewritten #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #. delete crashkernel parameter from bootloader -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:501 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:502 msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary." msgstr "変更を適用するには再起動が必要です。" @@ -1228,7 +1228,7 @@ #. See FATE#315780 #. See https://www.suse.com/support/kb/doc.php?id=7012786 #. FIXME what about dracut? -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:398 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:399 msgid "" "Error updating initrd while calling '%{cmd}'.\n" "See %{log} for details." @@ -1237,129 +1237,129 @@ "詳細については、%{log} を参照してください。" #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:511 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:512 msgid "Initializing kdump Configuration" msgstr "kdump設定を初期化しています" #. Progress stage 1/4 #. Progress step 1/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:520 src/modules/Kdump.rb:528 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:521 src/modules/Kdump.rb:529 msgid "Reading the config file..." msgstr "設定ファイルを読み込んでいます..." #. Progress stage 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:522 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:523 msgid "Reading kernel boot options..." msgstr "カーネルブートオプションを読み取っています..." #. Progress stage 4/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:524 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:525 msgid "Calculating memory limits..." msgstr "メモリ制限を計算しています..." #. Progress step 2/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:530 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:531 msgid "Reading partitions of disks..." msgstr "ディスク内のパーティションを読み込んでいます..." #. Progress finished 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:532 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:533 msgid "Reading available memory and calibrating usage..." msgstr "使用可能なメモリを読み込んで、その使用方法を調整しています..." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:544 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:545 msgid "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump" msgstr "設定ファイル/etc/sysconfig/kdumpを読み込めません" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:552 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:553 msgid "Cannot read kernel boot options." msgstr "カーネルの起動オプションを読み込めません" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:560 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:561 msgid "Cannot read available memory." msgstr "利用可能なメモリを読み込めません" #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:586 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:587 msgid "Saving kdump Configuration" msgstr "kdump設定を保存しています" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:615 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:616 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "設定を書き込む" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:617 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:618 msgid "Update boot options" msgstr "起動オプションの更新" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:621 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:622 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "設定を書き込んでいます..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:623 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:624 msgid "Updating boot options..." msgstr "起動オプションを更新しています..." #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:625 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:626 msgid "Finished" msgstr "完了" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:635 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:636 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "設定が書き込めません" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:644 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:645 msgid "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault." msgstr "ブートローダへcrashkernelパラメータを追加するのに失敗しました。" #. Create a textual summary #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:764 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:763 msgid "Kdump status: %1" msgstr "Kdump の状態: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:765 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:764 msgid "enabled" msgstr "有効" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:765 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:764 msgid "disabled" msgstr "無効" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:772 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:771 msgid "Value(s) of crashkernel option: %1" msgstr "crashkernelオプションの値: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:779 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:778 msgid "Dump format: %1" msgstr "ダンプ形式: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:786 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:785 msgid "Target of dumps: %1" msgstr "ダンプ対象: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:793 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:792 msgid "Number of dumps: %1" msgstr "ダンプ数: %1" #. TRANSLATORS: warning message in installation proposal, #. do not translate %{requested} and %{available} - they are replaced with actual sizes later -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:885 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:884 msgid "Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required, but only %{available} are available." msgstr "警告! 空き容量が十分でない可能性があります。%{required} が必要ですが、%{available} しかありません。" #. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:972 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:971 msgid "" "Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n" "It is not supported on this hardware." Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/languages_db.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/languages_db.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:10:13 UTC (rev 96848) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/languages_db.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:11:19 UTC (rev 96849) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: languages_db\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:40\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/ldap-client.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/ldap-client.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:10:13 UTC (rev 96848) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/ldap-client.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:11:19 UTC (rev 96849) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ldap-client\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:40\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/ldap.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/ldap.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:10:13 UTC (rev 96848) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/ldap.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:11:19 UTC (rev 96849) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ldap\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:40\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/live-installer.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/live-installer.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:10:13 UTC (rev 96848) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/live-installer.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:11:19 UTC (rev 96849) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: live-installer\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-29 20:48+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor@belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja@opensuse.org>\n" @@ -125,12 +125,10 @@ #: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:160 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"Use <b>Accept</b> to perform a new installation with the values displayed.</" -"p>" +"Use <b>Accept</b> to perform a new installation with the values displayed.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"<b>了解</b> ボタンを押すと、表示された設定で新規インストールを開始します。</" -"p>" +"<b>了解</b> ボタンを押すと、表示された設定で新規インストールを開始します。</p>" #. help text 2/3 #: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:164 @@ -151,8 +149,7 @@ "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"まだハードディスクの内容は何も変更していませんので、中止しても問題はありませ" -"ん。\n" +"まだハードディスクの内容は何も変更していませんので、中止しても問題はありません。\n" "</p>" #. help text 1/1 @@ -207,8 +204,7 @@ msgstr "" "YaST はマウント済みのリムーバブルメディアを検出しました。 YaST は\n" "マウント済みのメディア上にインストールすることができません。\n" -"これらのメディア上にインストールするには、まずはマウントを解除してくださ" -"い。\n" +"これらのメディア上にインストールするには、まずはマウントを解除してください。\n" #. continue-cancel popup #: src/clients/live-installer.rb:157 Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/mail.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/mail.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:10:13 UTC (rev 96848) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/mail.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:11:19 UTC (rev 96849) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: mail\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:40\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/migration.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/migration.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:10:13 UTC (rev 96848) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/migration.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:11:19 UTC (rev 96849) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: migration\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:40\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/multipath.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/multipath.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:10:13 UTC (rev 96848) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/multipath.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:11:19 UTC (rev 96849) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: multipath\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:40\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/network.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/network.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:10:13 UTC (rev 96848) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/network.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:11:19 UTC (rev 96849) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: network\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:40\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" @@ -672,7 +672,7 @@ msgid "Device" msgstr "デバイス" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:210 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:399 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:210 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:408 msgid "Options" msgstr "オプション(O)" @@ -741,13 +741,13 @@ #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1371 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1340 msgid "Warning: no encryption is used." msgstr "警告: 暗号化は使用されません。" #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1373 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1342 msgid "Change." msgstr "変更してください。" @@ -1118,14 +1118,14 @@ #. ComboBox label #. ComboBox label #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:156 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:351 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:360 msgid "&Device Type" msgstr "デバイスの型(&D)" #. ComboBox label #. TextEntry label #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:174 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:337 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:346 msgid "&Configuration Name" msgstr "環境設定名(&C)" @@ -1138,7 +1138,7 @@ msgstr "トンネルのグループ" #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:193 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1307 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1313 msgid "Bridged Devices" msgstr "ブリッジされたデバイス" @@ -1210,7 +1210,7 @@ #. TextEntry label #. TextEntry label #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:332 -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:210 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:207 #: src/include/network/services/host.rb:330 msgid "&IP Address" msgstr "IPアドレス(&I)" @@ -1306,62 +1306,61 @@ "すでに使用されているIPアドレスが検出されました。\n" "続行しますか。\n" -#. @param [Array<String>] types network card types -#. @return their descriptions for CWM -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1187 +#. Stores content of IFPLUGD_PRIORITY widget into internal variables +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1193 msgid "&General" msgstr "一般(&G)" #. TODO: "MANDATORY", -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1198 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1204 msgid "Device Activation" msgstr "デバイスの起動" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1202 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1208 msgid "Firewall Zone" msgstr "ファイアウォールゾーン" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1207 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1213 msgid "Maximum Transfer Unit (MTU)" msgstr "最大転送単位 (MTU)" #. FIXME: we have helps per widget and for the whole #. tab set but not for one tab -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1217 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1223 msgid "<p>Configure the detailed network card settings here.</p>" msgstr "<p>詳細なネットワークカードの設定をここで行います。</p>" #. FIXME: here it does not complain about missing #. shortcuts -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1284 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1290 msgid "&Address" msgstr "アドレス(&A)" #. Address tab help -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1287 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1293 msgid "<p>Configure your IP address.</p>" msgstr "<p>IPアドレスを設定してください。</p>" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1293 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1299 msgid "&Hardware" msgstr "ハードウェア(&H)" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1300 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1306 msgid "&Bond Slaves" msgstr "ボンドスレーブ(&B)" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1314 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1320 msgid "&Wireless" msgstr "ワイヤレス(&W)" #. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..) -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1398 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1404 msgid "Ifplugd Priority" msgstr "Ifplugdの優先度" #. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be #. substituted as %1 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1404 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1410 msgid "" "<p><b><big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big></b></p> \n" "<p> All interfaces configured with <b>On Cable Connection</b> and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n" @@ -1376,12 +1375,12 @@ "します。</p>\n" #. Address dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1486 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1493 msgid "Network Card Setup" msgstr "ネットワークカードの設定" #. Translators: Warn the user about not desired effect -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1617 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1618 msgid "" "The interfaces selected share the same physical port and bonding them \n" "may not have the desired effect of redundancy.\n" @@ -1771,7 +1770,7 @@ msgstr "DHCP で既定のルートを変更する" #. Manual network card setup help 1/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:82 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:91 msgid "" "<p>Set up hardware-specific options for \n" "your network device here.</p>\n" @@ -1781,7 +1780,7 @@ #. Manual network card setup help 2/4 #. translators: do not translated udev, MAC, BusID -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:91 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:100 msgid "" "<p><b>Device Type</b>. Various device types are available, select \n" "one according your needs.</p>" @@ -1789,7 +1788,7 @@ "<p>［<b>デバイスの型</b>］。ここには、さまざまなデバイスの種類が用意されています。\n" "必要に応じて適切なものを選択してください。</p>" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:99 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:108 msgid "" "<p><b>Udev Rules</b> are rules for the kernel device manager that allow\n" "associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name (for\n" @@ -1799,7 +1798,7 @@ "バスIDを元にしてデバイス名(例: eth1、wlan0)を設定し、たとえ再起動したとしても\n" "デバイス名が変わらないようにするための仕組みです。\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:105 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:114 msgid "" "<p><b>Show visible port identification</b> allows you to physically identify now configured NIC. \n" "Set appropriate time, click <b>Blink</b> and LED diodes on you NIC will start blinking for selected time.\n" @@ -1810,7 +1809,7 @@ "</p>" #. Manual network card setup help 2/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:118 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:127 msgid "" "<p><b>Kernel Module</b>. Enter the kernel module (driver) name \n" "for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if there is more than one driver available for\n" @@ -1821,7 +1820,7 @@ "多くの場合は既定の値のままにしておくとよいでしょう。</p>\n" #. Manual networ card setup help 3/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:125 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:134 msgid "" "<p>Additionally, specify <b>Options</b> for the kernel module. Use this\n" "format: <i>option</i>=<i>value</i>. Each entry should be space-separated, for example: <i>io=0x300 irq=5</i>. <b>Note:</b> If two cards are \n" @@ -1831,12 +1830,12 @@ "指定することができます。この値は<i>option</i>=<i>value</i>の書式で指定し、複数のオプションを指定する場合はスペースで区切って入力します。たとえば<i>io=0x300 irq=5</i>のようになります。<b>注:</b> 2つのネットワークカードが\n" "同じモジュール名を使用するように設定されている場合、オプション設定は保存する際に1つにまとめられます。</p>\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:131 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:140 msgid "<p>If you specify options via <b>Ethtool options</b>, ifup will call ethtool with these options.</p>\n" msgstr "<p>［<b>Ethtoolオプション</b>］に何らかのオプションを指定すると、ifupはこの値でethtoolを呼び出します。</p>\n" #. Manual dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:140 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:149 msgid "" "<p>If you have a <b>PCMCIA</b> network card, select PCMCIA.\n" "If you have a <b>USB</b> network card, select USB.</p>\n" @@ -1846,7 +1845,7 @@ #. overwrite help #. Manual dialog help 5/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:149 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:158 msgid "" "<p>Here, set up your networking device. The values will be\n" "written to <i>/etc/modprobe.conf</i> or <i>/etc/chandev.conf</i>.</p>\n" @@ -1855,7 +1854,7 @@ "/etc/modprobe.confまたは/etc/chandev.confに書き込まれます。</p>\n" #. Manual dialog help 6/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:153 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:162 msgid "" "<p>Options for the module should be written in the format specified\n" "in the <b>IBM Device Drivers and Installation Commands</b> manual.</p>" @@ -1864,62 +1863,62 @@ "に指定されている形式で記述する必要があります。</p>" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:281 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:290 msgid "&PCMCIA" msgstr "PCMCIA(&P)" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:290 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:299 msgid "&USB" msgstr "USB(&U)" #. #116211 - allow user to change modules from list #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:302 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:311 msgid "&Kernel Module" msgstr "カーネルモジュール(&K)" #. Text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:312 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:321 msgid "&Module Name" msgstr "モジュール名(&M)" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:365 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:374 msgid "Udev Rules" msgstr "Udevルール" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:367 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:376 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "デバイス名" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:368 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:377 msgid "Change" msgstr "変更" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:379 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:388 msgid "Show Visible Port Identification" msgstr "表示可能なポートIDを表示する" #. translators: how many seconds will card be blinking -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:384 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:393 msgid "Seconds" msgstr "秒" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:389 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:398 msgid "Blink" msgstr "点滅" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:394 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:403 msgid "Ethtool Options" msgstr "Ethtoolオプション" #. Manual selection caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:472 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:481 msgid "Manual Network Card Selection" msgstr "手動によるネットワークカードの選択" #. Manual selection help -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:475 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:484 msgid "" "<p>Select the network card to configure. Search\n" "for a particular network card by entering the name in the search entry.</p>" @@ -1929,27 +1928,43 @@ #. Selection box label #. Selection box title -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:485 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:537 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:494 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:546 msgid "&Network Card" msgstr "ネットワークカード(&N)" #. Text entry field -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:489 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:498 msgid "&Search" msgstr "検索(&S)" #. bnc#767946 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:796 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:804 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Configuration name %1 already exists.\n" +#| "Choose a different one." msgid "" -"Configuration name %1 already exists.\n" +"Configuration name %s already exists.\n" "Choose a different one." msgstr "" "設定名 %1 はすでに存在します。\n" "他の名前を選んでください。" +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:810 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Configuration name %1 already exists.\n" +#| "Choose a different one." +msgid "" +"Configuration name %s is invalid.\n" +"Choose a different one." +msgstr "" +"設定名 %1 はすでに存在します。\n" +"他の名前を選んでください。" + #. S/390 dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:853 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:866 msgid "S/390 Network Card Configuration" msgstr "S/390ネットワークカードの環境設定" @@ -1957,131 +1972,131 @@ #. Frame label #. Frame label #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:872 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:974 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1041 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1078 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:885 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:987 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1054 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1091 msgid "S/390 Device Settings" msgstr "S/390デバイスの設定" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:882 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:895 msgid "&Port Name" msgstr "ポート名(&P)" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:887 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:900 msgid "Port Number" msgstr "ポート番号" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:901 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:914 msgid "&Enable IPA Takeover" msgstr "IPA Takeoverを有効にする(&E)" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:908 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:921 msgid "Enable &Layer 2 Support" msgstr "レイヤ2サポートを有効にする(&L)" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:915 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:928 msgid "Layer2 &MAC Address" msgstr "レイヤ2 MACアドレス(&M)" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:923 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:999 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1053 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:936 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1012 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1066 msgid "Read Channel" msgstr "読み取りチャネル" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:929 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1005 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1059 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:942 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1018 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1072 msgid "Write Channel" msgstr "書き込みチャネル" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:935 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:948 msgid "Control Channel" msgstr "コントロールチャネル" #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Port name -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:946 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:959 msgid "<p>Enter the <b>Port Name</b> for this interface (case-sensitive).</p>" msgstr "<p>このインタフェースの［ポート名］を入力してください(大文字小文字は区別されます)。</p>" #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Options -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:950 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:963 msgid "<p>Enter any additional <b>Options</b> for this interface (separated by spaces).</p>" msgstr "<p>このインタフェースの追加オプションをスペースで区切って入力してください。</p>" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:953 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:966 msgid "<p>Select <b>Enable IPA Takeover</b> if IP address takeover should be enabled for this interface.</p>" msgstr "<p>このインタフェースに対してIPアドレスの引き継ぎを有効にする場合は、［IPA Takeoverを有効にする］を選択してください。</p>" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:956 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:969 msgid "<p>Select <b>Enable Layer 2 Support</b> if this card has been configured with layer 2 support.</p>" msgstr "<p>カードがレイヤ2サポートにより設定されている場合、<b>[レイヤ2サポートを有効にする]</b>を選択します。</p>" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:959 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:972 msgid "<p>Enter the <b>Layer 2 MAC Address</b> if this card has been configured with layer 2 support.</p>" msgstr "<p>カードがレイヤ2サポートにより設定されている場合、<b>[レイヤ2 MACアドレス]</b>を入力します。</p>" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:983 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:996 msgid "&Port Number" msgstr "ポート番号(&P)" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:991 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1004 msgid "&LANCMD Time-Out" msgstr "LANCMDタイムアウト(&L)" #. S/390 dialog help: LCS -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1016 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1029 msgid "<p>Choose the <b>Port Number</b> for this interface.</p>" msgstr "<p>このインタフェースの［ポート名］を選択してください。</p>" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1017 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1030 msgid "<p>Specify the <b>LANCMD Time-Out</b> for this interface.</p>" msgstr "<p>このインタフェースの<b>[LANCMDタイムアウト]</b>を指定してください。</p>" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1022 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1035 msgid "Compatibility Mode" msgstr "互換モード" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1024 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1037 msgid "Extended Mode" msgstr "拡張モード" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1026 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1039 msgid "CTC-Based tty (Linux to Linux Connections)" msgstr "CTCベースのTTY(Linux同士の接続)" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1028 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1041 msgid "Compatibility Mode with OS/390 and z/OS" msgstr "OS/390およびz/OSに対する互換モード" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1047 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1060 msgid "&Protocol" msgstr "プロトコル(&P)" #. S/390 dialog help: CTC -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1070 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1083 msgid "<p>Choose the <b>Protocol</b> for this interface.</p>" msgstr "<p>このインタフェースの［プロトコル］を選択してください。</p>" #. TextEntry label, #42789 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1087 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1100 msgid "&Peer Name" msgstr "ピア名(&P)" #. S/390 dialog help: IUCV, #42789 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1098 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1111 msgid "" "<p>Enter the name of the IUCV peer,\n" "for example, the z/VM user name with which to connect (case-sensitive).</p>\n" @@ -2089,7 +2104,7 @@ "<p>IUCVピアの名前(たとえば、接続するz/VMユーザ名)\n" "を入力してください。大文字小文字は区別されます。</p>\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1211 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1224 msgid "" "An error occurred while creating device.\n" "See YaST log for details." @@ -2099,7 +2114,7 @@ #. Manual network card configuration dialog #. @return dialog result -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1233 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1246 msgid "Hardware Dialog" msgstr "ハードウェアダイアログ" @@ -2753,29 +2768,29 @@ "ついては、同じディレクトリのファイル「wierless」を参照してください。</p>" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:206 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:203 msgid "IPv4 &Address Label" msgstr "IPv4アドレスラベル(&A)" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:214 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:211 msgid "Net&mask" msgstr "ネットマスク(&M)" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:244 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:241 msgid "Label is too long." msgstr "ラベルが長すぎます。" #. Popup::Error text #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:254 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:251 #: src/include/network/services/host.rb:375 msgid "The IP address is invalid." msgstr "IPアドレスが無効です。" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:263 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:260 msgid "The subnet mask is invalid." msgstr "サブネットマスクが無効です。" @@ -3412,7 +3427,7 @@ #. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup #. #. returns true if items were disabled -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:829 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:833 msgid "" "Network is currently handled by NetworkManager\n" "or completely disabled. YaST is unable to configure some options." @@ -3421,26 +3436,26 @@ "完全に無効化されています。YaSTでいくつかのオプションを設定できません。" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:889 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:893 msgid "Network Cards" msgstr "ネットワークカード" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:893 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:897 msgid "Modems" msgstr "モデム" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:897 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:901 msgid "ISDN Cards" msgstr "ISDNカード" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:901 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:905 msgid "DSL Devices" msgstr "DSLデバイス" -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:906 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:910 msgid "All Network Devices" msgstr "すべてのネットワークデバイス" @@ -4379,79 +4394,79 @@ #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=hotplug -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1268 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1272 -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1237 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1241 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1245 msgid "Started automatically at boot" msgstr "起動時に自動的に開始する" #. summary description of STARTMODE=ifplugd -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1280 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1249 msgid "Started automatically on cable connection" msgstr "ケーブル接続時に自動的に開始" #. summary description of STARTMODE=managed -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1284 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1253 msgid "Managed by NetworkManager" msgstr "NetworkManagerによる管理" #. summary description of STARTMODE=off -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1288 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1257 msgid "Will not be started at all" msgstr "開始しない" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1294 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1263 msgid "Started manually" msgstr "手動で開始する" #. do nothing -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1306 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1275 msgid "IP address assigned using" msgstr "以下のものを使用して IP アドレスを割り当てる " -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1310 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1279 msgid "IP address: %s/%s" msgstr "IPアドレス: %s/%s" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1313 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1282 msgid "IP address: %s, subnet mask %s" msgstr "IPアドレス: %s、サブネットマスク %s" #. FIXME: side effect: sets @type. No reason for that. It should only build item #. overview. Check and remove. -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1337 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1306 msgid "Not configured" msgstr "まだ設定されていません" #. display it only if we need it, don't duplicate "ifcfg_name" above -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1359 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1421 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1328 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1390 msgid "Device Name: %s" msgstr "デバイス名: %s" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1380 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1349 msgid "Bonding slaves" msgstr "ボンディングスレーブ" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1394 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1363 msgid "enslaved in %s" msgstr "%s でスレーブ化" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1395 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1364 msgid "Bonding master" msgstr "ボンディングマスター" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1409 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1378 msgid "Not connected" msgstr "接続されていません" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1410 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1379 msgid "No hwinfo" msgstr "ハードウェア情報がありません" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1427 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1396 msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details." msgstr "カーネルデバイス(eth0、wlan0)が存在しないため、ネットワークカードを設定できません。多くの場合、ファームウェア(wlanデバイス用)がないことが原因です。詳細については、dmesg出力を参照してください。" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1433 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1402 msgid "" "The device is not configured. Press <b>Edit</b>\n" "to configure.\n" @@ -4459,11 +4474,11 @@ "デバイスが設定されていません。［<b>編集</b>］\n" "をクリックして設定してください。\n" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1440 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1409 msgid "Needed firmware" msgstr "必要なファームウエア" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1440 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1409 msgid "unknown" msgstr "不明" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/nfs.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/nfs.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:10:13 UTC (rev 96848) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/nfs.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:11:19 UTC (rev 96849) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: nfs\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:40\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/nfs_server.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/nfs_server.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:10:13 UTC (rev 96848) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/nfs_server.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:11:19 UTC (rev 96849) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: nfs_server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:40\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/nis.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/nis.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:10:13 UTC (rev 96848) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/nis.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:11:19 UTC (rev 96849) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: nis\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:40\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/nis_server.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/nis_server.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:10:13 UTC (rev 96848) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/nis_server.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:11:19 UTC (rev 96849) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: nis_server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:40\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/ntp-client.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/ntp-client.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:10:13 UTC (rev 96848) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/ntp-client.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:11:19 UTC (rev 96849) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ntp-client\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:40\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/oneclickinstall.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/oneclickinstall.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:10:13 UTC (rev 96848) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/oneclickinstall.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:11:19 UTC (rev 96849) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: oneclickinstall\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-12 09:13+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-26 20:16+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor@belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja@opensuse.org>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/online-update-configuration.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/online-update-configuration.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:10:13 UTC (rev 96848) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/online-update-configuration.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:11:19 UTC (rev 96849) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: online-update-configuration\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:40\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/online-update.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/online-update.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:10:13 UTC (rev 96848) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/online-update.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:11:19 UTC (rev 96849) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: online-update\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:40\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/opensuse_mirror.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/opensuse_mirror.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:10:13 UTC (rev 96848) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/opensuse_mirror.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:11:19 UTC (rev 96849) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse_mirror\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-12 09:13+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-06-05 07:48+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor@belbel.or.jp>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja@opensuse.org>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/packager.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/packager.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:10:13 UTC (rev 96848) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/packager.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:11:19 UTC (rev 96849) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: packager\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:40\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" @@ -848,7 +848,7 @@ #. popup message part 2 followed by other info #. popup message, after message header, header of details -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1040 src/modules/Packages.rb:1328 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1040 src/modules/Packages.rb:1307 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310 msgid "Details:" msgstr "詳細: " @@ -856,7 +856,7 @@ #. popup message part 3 #. end of popup message, question #. end of popup message, question -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1042 src/modules/Packages.rb:1336 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1042 src/modules/Packages.rb:1315 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312 msgid "Try again?" msgstr "もう一度試してみますか?" @@ -1471,7 +1471,7 @@ #. popup message part 1 #. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys #: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:323 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1323 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1302 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 msgid "" "Unable to create repository\n" "from URL '%1'." @@ -1515,7 +1515,7 @@ #. popup error #. popup error #: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:522 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:624 -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:533 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:726 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:574 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:767 msgid "An error occurred while preparing the installation system." msgstr "インストールシステムの準備中にエラーが発生しました。" @@ -1537,8 +1537,8 @@ #. FATE #302398: PATTERNS keyword in content file #. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625) #. no such products -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1143 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1781 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1787 src/modules/Packages.rb:471 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1143 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1733 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1739 src/modules/Packages.rb:450 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "不明な製品" @@ -1549,7 +1549,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. TRANSLATORS: error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1278 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1442 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1278 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1439 msgid "Unable to use additional products." msgstr "追加の製品を使用することができません。" @@ -1563,12 +1563,12 @@ msgstr "URL: %1、パス: %2" #. TRANSLATORS: popup heading -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1376 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1374 msgid "Additional Products" msgstr "追加の製品" #. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1382 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1379 msgid "" "The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n" "Select the ones you want to use.\n" @@ -1576,28 +1576,30 @@ "インストールリポジトリには、リストにある追加のリポジトリが含まれています。\n" "使用するものを選択してください。\n" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1393 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1390 msgid "Additional Products to Select" msgstr "選択する追加のリポジトリ" #. push button label -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1400 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1397 msgid "Add Selected &Products" msgstr "選択した製品の追加(&P)" #. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1532 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1529 msgid "Insert the addon %1 medium" msgstr "アドオン %1 のメディアを挿入してください" #. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1537 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1534 msgid "Insert the %1 %2 medium" msgstr "%1 の %2 メディアを挿入してください" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1589 -msgid "Unable to add product %1." +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1581 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unable to add product %1." +msgid "Unable to add product %s." msgstr "製品 %1 を追加することができません。" #. update the trusted flag @@ -1730,23 +1732,23 @@ msgstr "デルタRPMを適用しています: %1" #. warning text -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:311 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:290 msgid "Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-bit distribution." msgstr "このコンピュータは64ビットのx86-64システムですが、32ビット用のディストリビューションをインストールしようとしています。" #. help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:327 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:306 msgid "<P>The pattern list states which functionality will be available after installing the system.</P>" msgstr "<P>パターン一覧の状態はシステムのインストール後に利用できるようになります。</P>" #. (see bnc#178357 why these numbers) #. translators: help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:339 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:318 msgid "<P>The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) free space before starting the installation.</P>" msgstr "<P>提案にはシステムにインストールされる合計サイズが表示されていますが、一時ファイルや作業用ファイルなど追加で使用されるファイルがあるため、提案で表示されたサイズよりも少し多くなります。そのため、インストールが始まる前の段階で、25% (またはおおよそ300MB)程度の空き領域を確保しておくことをお勧めします。</P>" #. help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:344 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:323 msgid "" "<P>The total 'size to download' is the size of the packages which will be\n" "downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.</P>\n" @@ -1755,107 +1757,107 @@ "リポジトリからダウンロードするパッケージのサイズです。この値は、接続が遅かったりダウンロード量に制限があったりするような場合には、重要な項目です。</P>\n" #. help text for software proposal - header -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:353 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:332 msgid "<P><B>Software Proposal</B></P>" msgstr "<P><B>ソフトウェアの提案</B></P>" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the installed product #. (e.g. openSUSE 10.3, SUSE Linux Enterprise ...) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:370 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:349 msgid "Product: %1" msgstr "製品: %1" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the selected desktop or system type (e.g. KDE) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:384 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:363 msgid "System Type: %1" msgstr "システム種類: %1" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:395 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:374 msgid "Patterns:<br>" msgstr "パターン:<br>" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is size of the selected packages (in MB or GB) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:405 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:384 msgid "Size of Packages to Install: %1" msgstr "インストールするパッケージのサイズ: %1" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is download size of the selected packages #. which will be installed from an ftp or http repository (in MB or GB) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:418 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:397 msgid "Downloading from Remote Repositories: %1" msgstr "リモートリポジトリの一覧をダウンロードしています: %1" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:480 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:459 msgid "These add-on products have been marked for auto-removal: %1" msgstr "次のアドオン製品は自動削除の対象としてマークされています: %1" #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:504 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:483 msgid "Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation media." msgstr "これらのアドオンのベンダーに問い合わせて、新しいインストールメディアを提供してもらってください。" #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:508 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:487 msgid "Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation media." msgstr "アドオンのベンダーに問い合わせて、新しいインストールメディアを提供してもらってください。" #. error message: %1: e.g. "/usr", %2: "/dev/sda2" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:549 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:528 msgid "Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot start installation." msgstr "エラー: 基本ディレクトリ %1 (デバイス %2)の空き容量を確認できません。インストールを開始することができません。" #. error message: %1: e.g. "/local", %2: "/dev/sda2" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:569 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:548 msgid "Warning: Cannot check free space in directory %1 (device %2)." msgstr "警告: ディレクトリ %1 (デバイス %2)の空き容量を確認できません。" #. summary warning -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:612 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:591 msgid "Not enough disk space." msgstr "ディスクスペースが足りません。" #. summary warning -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:614 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:593 msgid "Not enough disk space. Remove some packages in the single selection." msgstr "ディスクの使用可能な領域が不足しています。1回に選択するパッケージを減らしてください。" #. add a backslash if it's missing -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:635 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:614 msgid "Only %1 (%2%%) free space available on partition %3.<BR>" msgstr "パーティション %3 には、%1(%2%%)のフリースペースしかありません。" #. newly installed products -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:704 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:683 msgid "New product <b>%s</b> will be installed" msgstr "新しい製品 <b>%s</b> がインストールされます" #. product update: %s is a product name -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:714 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:693 msgid "Product <b>%s</b> will be updated" msgstr "製品 <b>%s</b> がアップデートされます" #. product update: %{old_product} is an old product, %{new_product} is the new one -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:716 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:695 msgid "Product <b>%{old_product}</b> will be updated to <b>%{new_product}</b>" msgstr "製品 <b>%{old_product}</b> が <b>%{new_product}</b> にアップデートされます" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:723 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:702 msgid "Product <b>%s</b> will stay installed" msgstr "製品 <b>%s</b> はインストールされたままになります" #. Removing another product might be an issue #. (just warn if removed by user or by YaST) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:733 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:712 msgid "<b>Warning:</b> Product <b>%s</b> will be removed." msgstr "<b>警告:</b> 製品 <b>%s</b> は削除されます。" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:734 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:713 msgid "<b>Error:</b> Product <b>%s</b> will be automatically removed." msgstr "<b>エラー:</b> 製品 <b>%s</b> は自動的に削除されます。" #. TRANSLATORS: update proposal warning, do NOT translate "-release", #. it is part of a package name (like "sles-release") -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:760 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:739 msgid "" "<ul><li><b>Some products are marked for automatic removal.</b></li>\n" "<ul><li>Contact the vendor of the removed add-on to provide you with a new\n" @@ -1872,12 +1874,12 @@ "</li></ul></li></ul>" #. error in proposal, %1 is URL -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1344 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1323 msgid "No repository found at '%1'." msgstr "'%1' にはリポジトリが見つかりませんでした。" #. TRANSLATORS: beginning of the rich text with the release notes -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1617 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1596 msgid "" "<p><b>The release notes for the initial release are part of the installation\n" "media. If an Internet connection is available during configuration, you can\n" @@ -1888,31 +1890,31 @@ "SUSE LinuxのWebサーバから新しいリリースノートをダウンロードすることができます。</b></p>\n" #. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1644 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1623 msgid "Integrating booted media..." msgstr "ブートされたメディアを統合しています..." #. close the popup in order to be able to ask about the license -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1666 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1645 msgid "Failed to integrate the service pack repository." msgstr "サービスパックリポジトリの統合に失敗しました。" #. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1699 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1678 msgid "Initializing repositories..." msgstr "リポジトリを初期化しています..." #. message popup, %1 is product name -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1931 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1910 msgid "Insert %1 CD 1" msgstr "%1 CD 1を挿入する" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1933 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1912 msgid "%1 CD 1 not found" msgstr "%1 CD1が見つかりませんでした" #. an error message -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2043 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2022 msgid "" "Error while initializing package descriptions.\n" "Check the log file %1 for more details." @@ -1921,7 +1923,7 @@ "詳細はログファイル %1 で確認してください。" #. bnc #436925 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2304 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2283 msgid "" "The software selection has been changed externally.\n" "Software proposal will be called again." @@ -1930,12 +1932,12 @@ "ソフトウエアの提案処理が再度呼び出されます。" #. popup label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2322 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2301 msgid "Evaluating package selection..." msgstr "パッケージ選択を検証中..." #. Error message, %{pattern_name} is replaced with the missing pattern name in runtime -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2627 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2633 msgid "" "Failed to select default product pattern %{pattern_name}.\n" "Pattern has not been found." @@ -1946,27 +1948,27 @@ #. Sets that the license (file) has been already accepted #. #. @param [String] license_ident file name -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:152 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:159 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:157 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:164 msgid "Cannot read license file %1" msgstr "ライセンスファイル %1 を読み込めません" -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:153 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:158 msgid "To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root of the live media when building the image." msgstr "製品のライセンス情報を正しく表示するには、イメージの構築の際、ライブメディアのルートディレクトリにlicense.tar.gzファイルを配置してください。" #. combo box -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:297 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:302 msgid "&Language" msgstr "言語(&L)" #. check box label -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:347 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:391 msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms." msgstr "はい、ライセンスに同意します(&A)。" #. TRANSLATORS: addition license information #. %s is replaced with the directory name -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:372 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:416 msgid "" "This EULA can be found in the directory\n" "%s" @@ -1976,7 +1978,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: addition license information #. %s is replaced with the filename -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:376 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:420 msgid "" "If you want to print this EULA, you can find it\n" "on the first media in the file %s" @@ -1985,7 +1987,7 @@ "にあるファイル %s をご覧ください" #. help text -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:394 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:438 msgid "" "<p>Read the license agreement carefully and select\n" "one of the available options. If you do not agree to the license agreement,\n" @@ -1999,28 +2001,20 @@ #. #459391 #. If a progress is running open another dialog #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:404 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1144 -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1217 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:448 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1197 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1270 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "ライセンス契約" #. popup question -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1017 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1061 msgid "Really abort the add-on product installation?" msgstr "アドオン製品のインストールを中止してよろしいですか？" -#. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1041 +#. text changed due to bug #162499 +#. TRANSLATORS: text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1095 msgid "" -"Refusing the license agreement cancels the installation.\n" -"Really refuse the agreement?" -msgstr "" -"ライセンス同意を拒否すると、インストールがキャンセルされます。\n" -"本当にライセンス同意を拒否しますか？" - -#. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1044 -msgid "" "Refusing the license agreement cancels the add-on\n" "product installation. Really refuse the agreement?" msgstr "" @@ -2028,18 +2022,18 @@ "キャンセルされます。本当にライセンス同意を拒否しますか？" #. timed ok/cancel popup -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1054 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1107 msgid "The system is shutting down..." msgstr "システムをチャットダウンしています..." #. TRANSLATORS: %s is an extension name #. e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1153 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1206 msgid "%s License Agreement" msgstr "%s ライセンス契約" #. TRANSLATORS: %{license_url} is an URL where the displayed license can be found -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1573 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1622 msgid "" "If you want to print this EULA, you can download it from\n" "%{license_url}" @@ -2961,3 +2955,10 @@ #: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:899 msgid "Deselect some packages." msgstr "いくつかのパッケージを選択解除してください。" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Refusing the license agreement cancels the installation.\n" +#~ "Really refuse the agreement?" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "ライセンス同意を拒否すると、インストールがキャンセルされます。\n" +#~ "本当にライセンス同意を拒否しますか？" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/pam.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/pam.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:10:13 UTC (rev 96848) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/pam.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:11:19 UTC (rev 96849) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: pam\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:40\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/pkg-bindings.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/pkg-bindings.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:10:13 UTC (rev 96848) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/pkg-bindings.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:11:19 UTC (rev 96849) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: pkg-bindings\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:40\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/printer.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/printer.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:10:13 UTC (rev 96848) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/printer.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:11:19 UTC (rev 96849) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: printer\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:40\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/product-creator.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/product-creator.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:10:13 UTC (rev 96848) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/product-creator.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:11:19 UTC (rev 96849) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: product-creator\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:40\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/proxy.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/proxy.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:10:13 UTC (rev 96848) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/proxy.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:11:19 UTC (rev 96849) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: proxy\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:40\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/rear.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/rear.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:10:13 UTC (rev 96848) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/rear.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:11:19 UTC (rev 96849) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: rear\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:40\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/registration.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/registration.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:10:13 UTC (rev 96848) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/registration.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:11:19 UTC (rev 96849) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: registration\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-15 17:44+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-18 09:13\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" @@ -308,15 +308,14 @@ msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..." msgstr "「%s」証明書をインポートしています..." -#. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use -#. the original error message from openSSL -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:261 +#. workaround after string freeze +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:264 msgid "Secure connection error: %s" msgstr "セキュア接続エラー: %s" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s is a server URL, #. e.g. https://smt.example.com -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:280 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:283 msgid "" "An old registration server was detected at\n" "%s.\n" @@ -330,13 +329,13 @@ #. FIXME: use a better message, this one has been reused after the text freeze #. error message, the entered URL is not valid. -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:292 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:295 #: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:544 msgid "Invalid URL." msgstr "無効なURL。" #. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:296 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:299 msgid "" "Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n" "Do you want to configure the network now?" @@ -344,7 +343,7 @@ "ネットワークが設定されていないため、登録サーバにアクセスできません。\n" "ネットワークを設定しますか?" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:303 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:306 msgid "Network error, check the network configuration." msgstr "ネットワークエラーです。ネットワーク環境設定を確認してください。" @@ -584,23 +583,23 @@ #. create the main dialog definition #. @return [Yast::Term] the main UI dialog term -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:91 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:90 msgid "&Filter Out Beta Versions" msgstr "ベータバージョンをフィルタして除去する(&F)" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:93 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:92 msgid "Details" msgstr "詳細情報" #. addon description widget #. @return [Yast::Term] the addon details widget -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:103 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:102 msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here" msgstr "ここでは詳細情報を表示する拡張機能またはモジュールを選択します" #. checkbox label for an unavailable extension #. (%s is an extension name) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:116 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:115 msgid "%s (not available)" msgstr "%s (利用不可)" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/relocation-server.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/relocation-server.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:10:13 UTC (rev 96848) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/relocation-server.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:11:19 UTC (rev 96849) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: relocation-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:40\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/s390.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/s390.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:10:13 UTC (rev 96848) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/s390.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:11:19 UTC (rev 96849) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: s390\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:40\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/samba-client.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/samba-client.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:10:13 UTC (rev 96848) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/samba-client.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:11:19 UTC (rev 96849) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: samba-client\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:40\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/samba-server.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/samba-server.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:10:13 UTC (rev 96848) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/samba-server.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:11:19 UTC (rev 96849) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: samba-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:40\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/samba-users.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/samba-users.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:10:13 UTC (rev 96848) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/samba-users.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:11:19 UTC (rev 96849) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: samba-users\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:40\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/scanner.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/scanner.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:10:13 UTC (rev 96848) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/scanner.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:11:19 UTC (rev 96849) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: scanner\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:40\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/security.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/security.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:10:13 UTC (rev 96848) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/security.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:11:19 UTC (rev 96849) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: security\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:40\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" @@ -1235,6 +1235,10 @@ msgid "Predefined Security Configurations" msgstr "事前定義済みのセキュリティ設定" +#: src/include/security/wizards.rb:62 +msgid "Security" +msgstr "セキュリティ" + #. Dialog caption #: src/include/security/wizards.rb:159 msgid "Security Configuration" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/services-manager.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/services-manager.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:10:13 UTC (rev 96848) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/services-manager.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:11:19 UTC (rev 96849) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: services-manager\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:40\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/slp-server.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/slp-server.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:10:13 UTC (rev 96848) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/slp-server.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:11:19 UTC (rev 96849) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: slp-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:40\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/snapper.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/snapper.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:10:13 UTC (rev 96848) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/snapper.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:11:19 UTC (rev 96849) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: snapper\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:40\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/sound.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/sound.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:10:13 UTC (rev 96848) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/sound.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:11:19 UTC (rev 96849) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: sound\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:40\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/squid.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/squid.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:10:13 UTC (rev 96848) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/squid.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:11:19 UTC (rev 96849) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: squid\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:40\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/storage.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/storage.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:10:13 UTC (rev 96848) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/storage.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:11:19 UTC (rev 96849) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: storage\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:40\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" @@ -1039,9 +1039,17 @@ #. A PReP/CHRP partition is not supposed to be mounted. So if we find any #. other /boot partition, we should warn the user. #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:298 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Warning:\n" +#| "Your system needs a boot partition with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n" +#| "Please, consider creating one.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "Really use this setup?\n" msgid "" "Warning:\n" -"Your system needs a boot partition with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n" +"Your system needs a boot partition, either with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP\n" +"on MS-DOS or type 0x00 GPT PReP Boot on GPT.\n" "Please, consider creating one.\n" "\n" "Really use this setup?\n" @@ -1053,7 +1061,7 @@ "この設定を使用しますか?\n" #. popup text, %1 is a number -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:313 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:314 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition ends above cylinder %1.\n" @@ -1074,7 +1082,7 @@ "本当にこの設定のままでよろしいですか?\n" #. popup text, %1 is a size -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:333 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:334 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition is smaller than %1.\n" @@ -1089,7 +1097,7 @@ "このままのサイズ設定でよろしいですか？\n" #. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT /////////////////////////// -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:350 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:351 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n" "Such a partition is recommended (required with Btrfs) when Grub2 is\n" @@ -1106,12 +1114,21 @@ #. popup text #. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to #. boot from the hard drive! -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:370 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:371 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n" +#| "To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n" +#| "(approx. %1) is required. Consider creating one\n" +#| "with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "Really use the setup without /boot partition?\n" msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n" "To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n" "(approx. %1) is required. Consider creating one\n" -"with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n" +"with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP on MS-DOS or type 0x00 GPT\n" +"PReP Boot on GPT.\n" "\n" "Really use the setup without /boot partition?\n" msgstr "" @@ -1123,7 +1140,7 @@ "/bootパーティションなしの設定を使用しますか?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:389 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:391 msgid "" "Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n" "boot your machine from the root partition (/), which, unfortunately,\n" @@ -1143,7 +1160,7 @@ "\n" "本当にこの設定のままでよろしいですか?\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:415 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:417 msgid "" "Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n" "mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n" @@ -1156,7 +1173,7 @@ "この設定のまま使用しますか?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:433 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:435 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %1\n" "installation might not be directly bootable, because\n" @@ -1173,7 +1190,7 @@ "本当にこの設定のままでよろしいですか\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:451 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:453 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation\n" "will encounter problems when booting, because you have no\n" @@ -1198,7 +1215,7 @@ "この設定のままでよろしいですか？\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:473 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:475 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation will\n" "encounter problems when booting, because you have no \n" @@ -1223,12 +1240,12 @@ "この設定のままでよろしいですか？\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:496 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:498 msgid "Really use this setup?" msgstr "本当にこの設定のままでよろしいですか" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:504 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:506 msgid "" "\n" "You have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \n" @@ -1249,7 +1266,7 @@ "スワップパーティションを設定しないままでよろしいですか？\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:520 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:522 msgid "" "\n" "You chose to install onto an existing partition that will not be\n" @@ -1262,7 +1279,7 @@ "特に以下の場合で失敗する可能性があります:\n" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:527 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:529 msgid "" "- if this is an existing ReiserFS partition\n" "- if this partition already contains a Linux distribution that will be\n" @@ -1275,7 +1292,7 @@ "- このパーティションに、まだファイルシステムが作成されていない場合\n" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:534 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:536 msgid "" "If in doubt, better go back and mark this partition for\n" "formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount points\n" @@ -1286,7 +1303,7 @@ "いずれかである場合は、注意してください。\n" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:540 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:542 msgid "" "If you decide to format the partition, all data on it will be lost.\n" "\n" @@ -1297,7 +1314,7 @@ "フォーマットしないままでよろしいですか?\n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:601 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:603 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n" @@ -1306,7 +1323,7 @@ "このデバイスを編集する場合は、先にRAIDから削除してください。\n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:612 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:614 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n" "Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n" @@ -1315,7 +1332,7 @@ "このデバイスを編集する場合は、先にボリュームグループから削除してください。\n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:622 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:624 msgid "" "The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n" "Remove the volume before editing it.\n" @@ -1324,7 +1341,7 @@ "このデバイスを編集する場合は、先にボリュームから削除してください。\n" #. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:655 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:657 msgid "" "The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n" @@ -1333,7 +1350,7 @@ "このデバイスを削除する場合は、先にRAIDから削除してください。\n" #. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:666 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:668 msgid "" "The device (%2) is used by %1.\n" "Remove %1 before deleting it.\n" @@ -1341,12 +1358,12 @@ "デバイス(%2)は %1 で使用されています。\n" "このデバイスを削除する場合は、先に %1 を削除してください。\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:678 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:680 msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted." msgstr "マウントされている場合は削除することができません。" #. popup text, %1 is a device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:714 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:716 msgid "" "The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n" "another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n" @@ -1356,7 +1373,7 @@ "使用中であるため、削除できません。\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:790 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:792 msgid "" "The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" @@ -1369,7 +1386,7 @@ "何らかの特別な事情がない限り、［キャンセル］を押してください。\n" #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:808 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:810 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n" @@ -1384,7 +1401,7 @@ "削除してください。\n" #. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:819 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:821 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1399,7 +1416,7 @@ "拡張パーティションを削除してください。\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:830 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:832 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -3232,7 +3249,7 @@ #. error popup #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:57 src/modules/Storage.rb:5250 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:57 src/modules/Storage.rb:5251 msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified." msgstr "ディスクは現在使用中であるため、変更できません。" @@ -6053,11 +6070,11 @@ msgstr "エラーを無視して続行しますか?" #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5262 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5263 msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." msgstr "ディスク上の他のパーティションが使用されているため、パーティションを作成できません。" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5288 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5289 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n" @@ -6067,7 +6084,7 @@ "デバイス %1 にはインストール作業中に必要なスワップが含まれているため、\n" "設定を変更することができません。\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5302 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5303 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n" @@ -6077,7 +6094,7 @@ "デバイス %1 にはインストール作業に必要なインストールデータが含まれているため、\n" "設定を変更することができません。\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5331 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5332 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n" @@ -6087,7 +6104,7 @@ "デバイス %1 にはインストール作業中に必要なスワップが含まれているため、\n" "削除することができません。\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5340 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5341 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n" @@ -6097,7 +6114,7 @@ "デバイス %1 にはインストール作業に必要なインストールデータが含まれているため、\n" "削除することができません。\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5369 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5370 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -6108,7 +6125,7 @@ "デバイス %1 を削除することは、インストール作業に必要な\n" "スワップが含まれるデバイス %2 を間接的に変更することになります。\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5380 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5381 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -6119,7 +6136,7 @@ "必要なデータが含まれるデバイス %2 を間接的に変更することになります。\n" #. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5402 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5403 msgid "" "\n" "Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n" @@ -6130,18 +6147,18 @@ "パーティション %1 を削除することができません。\n" #. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5491 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5492 msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!" msgstr "ルートファイルシステムの割り当てがありません。" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5492 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5493 msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!" msgstr "インストールは、ほぼ間違いなく致命的なエラーになります。" #. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over #. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now #. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6042 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6043 msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1" msgstr "下記の解決方法を追加することができませんでした: %1" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/sudo.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/sudo.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:10:13 UTC (rev 96848) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/sudo.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:11:19 UTC (rev 96849) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: sudo\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:40\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/support.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/support.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:10:13 UTC (rev 96848) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/support.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:11:19 UTC (rev 96849) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: support\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:40\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/sysconfig.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/sysconfig.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:10:13 UTC (rev 96848) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/sysconfig.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:11:19 UTC (rev 96849) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: sysconfig\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:40\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/tftp-server.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/tftp-server.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:10:13 UTC (rev 96848) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/tftp-server.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:11:19 UTC (rev 96849) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: tftp-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:40\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/timezone_db.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/timezone_db.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:10:13 UTC (rev 96848) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/timezone_db.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:11:19 UTC (rev 96849) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: timezone_db\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:40\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/tune.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/tune.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:10:13 UTC (rev 96848) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/tune.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:11:19 UTC (rev 96849) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: tune\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:40\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/update.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/update.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:10:13 UTC (rev 96848) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/update.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:11:19 UTC (rev 96849) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: update\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:40\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" @@ -166,9 +166,9 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: label for an unknown installed system #: src/clients/inst_update.rb:69 src/clients/inst_update.rb:74 #: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:100 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:106 -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:126 src/modules/RootPart.rb:156 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1441 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1447 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1994 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:126 src/modules/RootPart.rb:157 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1442 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1448 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2005 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "不明" @@ -271,19 +271,6 @@ "詳細設定をリセット\n" "しますか?" -#. error report -#. inform user in the proposal about the failed mount -#. error report -#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:79 -#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:110 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:385 -msgid "Failed to mount target system" -msgstr "ターゲットシステムをマウントできませんでした" - -#. Correctly mounted but incomplete installation found -#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:84 -msgid "A possibly incomplete installation has been detected." -msgstr "不完全であると思われるインストールが検出されました。" - #. proposal for packages during update, %1 is count of packages #: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:119 msgid "Packages to Update: %1" @@ -329,6 +316,14 @@ msgid "%1 on root partition %2" msgstr "ルートパーティション %2 上の %1" +#. inform user in the proposal about the failed mount +#. error report +#. error report +#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:110 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:385 +#: src/lib/update/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:64 +msgid "Failed to mount target system" +msgstr "ターゲットシステムをマウントできませんでした" + #. this is a heading #: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:149 msgid "Selected for Update" @@ -582,8 +577,13 @@ msgid "&Yes, Continue" msgstr "はい、続行します(&Y)" +#. Correctly mounted but incomplete installation found +#: src/lib/update/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:69 +msgid "A possibly incomplete installation has been detected." +msgstr "不完全であると思われるインストールが検出されました。" + #. Link to SDB article concerning renaming of devices. -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:109 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:110 msgid "" "See the SDB article at %1 for details\n" "about how to solve this problem." @@ -592,17 +592,17 @@ "ご覧ください。" #. label - name of sustem to update -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:147 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:148 msgid "Unknown Linux System" msgstr "不明なLinuxシステム" #. label - name of sustem to update -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:152 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:153 msgid "Non-Linux System" msgstr "非Linuxシステム" #. error report, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1) -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:308 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:309 msgid "" "Cannot unmount partition %1.\n" "\n" @@ -617,7 +617,7 @@ "コンピュータを再起動してください。\n" #. label, %1 is partition -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:379 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:380 msgid "Checking partition %1" msgstr "パーティション %1 をチェック中" @@ -626,23 +626,23 @@ #. @param string button (true) #. @param string button (false) #. @param [String] details (hidden under [Details] button; optional; to disable, use "") -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:416 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:417 msgid "Show &Details" msgstr "詳細の表示(&D)" #. #176292, run fsck before jfs is mounted -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:498 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:499 msgid "Checking file system on %1..." msgstr "%1 上のファイルシステムをチェックしています..." #. popup headline -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:530 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:531 msgid "File System Check Failed" msgstr "ファイルシステムの確認に失敗しました" #. popup question (continue/cancel dialog) #. %1 is a device name such as /dev/hda5 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:534 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:535 msgid "" "The file system check of device %1 has failed.\n" "\n" @@ -653,24 +653,24 @@ "デバイスのマウントを続行しますか?\n" #. button -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:543 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:544 msgid "&Skip Mounting" msgstr "マウントを行わずに飛ばす(&S)" #. yes-no popup -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1065 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1066 msgid "Incorrect password. Try again?" msgstr "パスワードが正しくありません。再試行しますか?" #. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1168 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1169 msgid "Warning" msgstr "警告" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, #. %1 is replaced with the current /boot partition size #. %2 with the recommended size -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1173 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1174 msgid "" "Your /boot partition is too small (%1 MB).\n" "We recommend a size of no less than %2 MB or else the new Kernel may not fit.\n" @@ -687,7 +687,7 @@ "このままで更新を続行しますか?\n" #. label in a popup, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1), %2 is output of the 'mount' command -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1265 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1266 msgid "" "The partition %1 could not be mounted.\n" "\n" @@ -708,27 +708,27 @@ "を、アップデートを中止するには［キャンセル］をそれぞれクリックしてください。\n" #. push button -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1283 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1284 msgid "&Specify Mount Options" msgstr "マウントオプションの指定(&S)" #. popup heading -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1299 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1300 msgid "Mount Options" msgstr "マウントオプション" #. text entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1302 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1303 msgid "&Mount Point" msgstr "マウントポイント(&M)" #. tex entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1305 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1306 msgid "&Device" msgstr "デバイス(&D)" #. text entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1310 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1311 msgid "" "&File System\n" "(empty for autodetection)" @@ -737,12 +737,12 @@ "(自動検出の場合は何も指定しない)" #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1387 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1388 msgid "The /var partition %1 could not be mounted.\n" msgstr "/var パーティション %1 をマウントできませんでした。\n" #. Informational text about selected partition, %x are replaced with values later -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1428 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1429 msgid "" "<b>File system:</b> %1, <b>Type:</b> %2,<br>\n" "<b>Label:</b> %3, <b>Size:</b> %4,<br>\n" @@ -754,17 +754,17 @@ "<b>udev ID:</b> %5,<br>\n" "<b>udevパス:</b> %6" -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1442 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1443 msgid "None" msgstr "なし" #. a popup caption -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1465 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1466 msgid "Unable to find the /var partition automatically" msgstr "/var パーティションが自動で見つかりませんでした" #. a popup message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1470 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1471 msgid "" "Your system uses a separate /var partition which is required for the upgrade\n" "process to detect the disk-naming changes. Select the /var partition manually\n" @@ -774,22 +774,22 @@ "います。/varパーティションを手動で選択しアップグレード処理を続行してください。" #. a combo-box label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1483 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1484 msgid "&Select /var Partition Device" msgstr "/varパーティションデバイスの選択(&S)" #. an informational rich-text widget label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1489 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1490 msgid "Device Info" msgstr "デバイス情報" #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1630 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1631 msgid "Unable to mount /var partition with this disk configuration.\n" msgstr "このディスク構成では/varパーティションをマウントできません。\n" #. popup message, %1 will be replace with the name of the logfile -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1661 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1662 msgid "" "Partitions could not be mounted.\n" "\n" @@ -802,7 +802,7 @@ #. read the keyboard settings now, so that it used when #. typing passwords for encrypted partitions #. Calling a script because otherwise this module would depend on yast2-country -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1705 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1706 msgid "" "Some partitions in the system on %1 are mounted by kernel-device name. This is\n" "not reliable for the update since kernel-device names are unfortunately not\n" @@ -815,32 +815,32 @@ "他のものに変更することを強くお勧めします。" #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1723 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1724 msgid "No fstab found." msgstr "fstabが見つかりません。" #. message part 1 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1748 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1749 msgid "The root partition in /etc/fstab has an invalid root device.\n" msgstr "/etc/fstabのルートパーティションに無効なルートデバイスがあります。\n" #. message part 2 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1753 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1754 msgid "It is currently mounted as %1 but listed as %2.\n" msgstr "このデバイスは、現在 %1 としてマウントされていますが、%2 と指定されています。\n" #. prepare progress-bar -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2115 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2130 msgid "Evaluating root partition. One moment please..." msgstr "ルートパーティションを評価しています。しばらくお待ちください..." #. intermediate popup while mounting partitions -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2197 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2213 msgid "Mounting partitions. One moment please..." msgstr "パーティションをマウントしています。しばらくお待ちください..." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2212 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2228 msgid "Searching for Available Systems" msgstr "使用できるシステムを検索しています" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/users.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/users.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:10:13 UTC (rev 96848) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/users.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:11:19 UTC (rev 96849) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: users\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:40\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" @@ -245,6 +245,18 @@ msgid "New UID of the user" msgstr "ユーザの新しいUID" +#. Checking double user entries +#. (double username or UID) +#. @param [Array] users to check +#: src/clients/users_auto.rb:172 +msgid "Found users in profile with equal <username>." +msgstr "" + +#. Do not check users without defined UID. (bnc#996823) +#: src/clients/users_auto.rb:178 +msgid "Found users in profile with equal <uid>." +msgstr "" + #. helptext 1/3 #: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:105 msgid "" @@ -669,7 +681,7 @@ #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:146 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1247 #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2364 #: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:193 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:471 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:473 msgid "" "The passwords do not match.\n" "Try again." @@ -709,7 +721,7 @@ #. text entry #. text entry #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:403 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:583 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:585 msgid "User's &Full Name" msgstr "ユーザのフルネーム(&F)" @@ -733,7 +745,7 @@ #. input field for login name #. input field for login name #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:433 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:590 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:592 msgid "&Username" msgstr "ユーザ名(&U)" @@ -750,7 +762,7 @@ #. checkbox label #. checkbox label #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:470 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:614 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:616 msgid "U&se this password for system administrator" msgstr "このパスワードをシステム管理者用のものとしても使用する(&S)" @@ -946,7 +958,7 @@ #. User can confirm using "invalid" password confirming all the errors #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1269 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2391 #: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:212 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:483 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:485 msgid "Really use this password?" msgstr "このパスワードを使用しますか?" @@ -1084,7 +1096,7 @@ "</p>" #. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:90 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:160 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:90 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:164 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n" @@ -1262,7 +1274,7 @@ "</p>\n" #. alternative help text 1/7 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:212 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:139 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:212 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:143 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Enter the <b>User's Full Name</b>, <b>Username</b>, and <b>Password</b> to\n" @@ -1316,7 +1328,7 @@ #. these are used only during installation time #. help text 4/7 (only during installation) -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:259 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:176 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:259 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:180 msgid "" "<p>\n" "The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with your Linux system. With <b>Automatic Login</b> enabled, the login procedure is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.</p>\n" @@ -2090,7 +2102,7 @@ #. the type of user set #. New user is the default option #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:79 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:275 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:279 msgid "Local Users" msgstr "ローカルユーザ" @@ -3177,7 +3189,7 @@ "もう一度試してください。" #. reenable suggestion -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:134 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:138 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Use one of the available options to add local users to the system.\n" @@ -3189,11 +3201,11 @@ "ローカルユーザは、<i></i>/etc/passwdおよび<i></i>/etc/shadowに保存されます。\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:138 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:142 msgid "Create new user" msgstr "新しいユーザの作成" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:142 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:146 msgid "" "<p>\n" "When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n" @@ -3207,7 +3219,7 @@ "</p>\n" #. TRANSLATORS: %{min} and %{max} will be replaced by numbers -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:149 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:153 msgid "" "<p>\n" "The password length should be between %{min}\n" @@ -3219,7 +3231,7 @@ "%{min}～%{max}文字にする必要があります。\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:165 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:169 msgid "" "<p>\n" "For the <b>Username</b> use only letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" @@ -3236,15 +3248,15 @@ " /etc/login.defs ファイルを変更してください。詳しくはマニュアルページをお読みください。\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:172 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:176 msgid "<p>Check <b>Use this password for system administrator</b> if the same password as entered for the first user should be used for root.</p>" msgstr "<p><b>このパスワードをシステム管理者用のものとしても使用する</b> を選択すると、最初のユーザ作成の際に入力したパスワードを root ユーザのパスワードとしても使用するようになります。</p>" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:183 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:187 msgid "Import User Data from a Previous Installation" msgstr "以前のインストールからユーザデータをインポートする" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:184 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:188 msgid "" "<p>\n" "A previous Linux installation with local users has been detected.\n" @@ -3260,11 +3272,11 @@ "インポートされます。\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:192 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:196 msgid "Skip User Creation" msgstr "ユーザの作成をスキップ" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:193 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:197 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Sometimes root is the only needed local user, like in network environments\n" @@ -3278,12 +3290,12 @@ "このオプションを選択します\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:275 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:279 msgid "Local User" msgstr "ローカルユーザ" #. TRANSLATORS: Error popup -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:330 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:332 msgid "" "The new username cannot be blank.\n" "If you don't want to create a user now, select\n" @@ -3294,7 +3306,7 @@ "［ユーザの作成をスキップ］を選択します。" #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:387 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:389 msgid "" "No users from the previous installation were choosen.\n" "If you don't want to create a user now, select\n" @@ -3305,34 +3317,34 @@ "［ユーザの作成をスキップ］を選択します。" #. TRANSLATORS: radio button -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:514 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:516 msgid "&Create New User" msgstr "新しいユーザの作成(&C)" #. TRANSLATORS: radio button -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:537 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:539 msgid "&Import User Data from a Previous Installation" msgstr "以前のインストールからユーザデータをインポートする(&I)" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:547 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:549 msgid "Choose Users" msgstr "ユーザの選択" #. TRANSLATORS: radio button -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:563 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:565 msgid "&Skip User Creation" msgstr "ユーザの作成をスキップ(&S)" #. checkbox label -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:619 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:621 msgid "&Automatic Login" msgstr "自動ログイン(&A)" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:626 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:628 msgid "No users selected" msgstr "ユーザが選択されていません" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:628 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:630 msgid "%d user will be imported" msgid_plural "%d users will be imported" msgstr[0] "%d 名のユーザがインポートされます" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/vm.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/vm.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:10:13 UTC (rev 96848) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/vm.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:11:19 UTC (rev 96849) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: vm\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:40\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/vpn.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/vpn.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:10:13 UTC (rev 96848) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/vpn.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:11:19 UTC (rev 96849) @@ -14,43 +14,41 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Manage VPN client secrets. -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:56 +#. Manage VPN client secrets. +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:56 msgid "Pre-shared key for gateways" msgstr "ゲートウェイの既知共有鍵" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:57 -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:62 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:57 src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:62 msgid "Gateway IP" msgstr "ゲートウェイIP" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:57 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:57 msgid "Pre-shared key" msgstr "既知共有鍵" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:59 -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:63 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:59 src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:63 msgid "Set" msgstr "設定" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:60 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:188 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:60 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:188 msgid "Show key" msgstr "鍵の表示" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:61 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:61 msgid "Certificate/key pair for gateways" msgstr "ゲートウェイの証明書/鍵ペア" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:62 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:62 msgid "Certificate" msgstr "証明書" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:62 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:62 msgid "Key" msgstr "キー" -#. Make sure that tables are filled, then save all settings. -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:121 +#. Make sure that tables are filled, then save all settings. +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:121 msgid "" "Shared keys for the following gateways are still missing:\n" "%s" @@ -58,7 +56,7 @@ "以下のゲートウェイの共有鍵がまだ見つかっていません:\n" "%s" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:127 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:127 msgid "" "Certificates for the following gateways are still missing:\n" "%s" @@ -66,118 +64,116 @@ "以下のゲートウェイの証明書がまだ見つかっていません:\n" "%s" -#. Load PSKs -#. Reload gateway PSK text input. -#. Load XAuth -#. Load EAP -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:140 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:224 -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:233 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:239 +#. Load PSKs +#. Reload gateway PSK text input. +#. Load XAuth +#. Load EAP +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:140 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:224 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:233 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:239 msgid "(hidden)" msgstr "(非表示)" -#. Remove the selected EAP user. -#. Remove the selected XAuth user. -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:120 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:141 +#. Remove the selected EAP user. +#. Remove the selected XAuth user. +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:120 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:141 msgid "Please select a user to delete." msgstr "削除するユーザを選択してください。" -#. Save PSK and certificate settings. Note that XAUTH and EAP user lists are already saved. -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:154 +#. Save PSK and certificate settings. Note that XAUTH and EAP user lists are already saved. +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:154 msgid "A pre-shared key is mandatory. Please enter a pre-shared key." msgstr "既知共有鍵は必須です。既知共有鍵を入力してください。" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:166 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:166 msgid "Please enter both certificate file path and key file path." msgstr "証明書ファイルパスと鍵ファイルパスを両方入力してください。" -#. Event handlers -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:175 -#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:64 +#. Event handlers +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:175 src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:64 msgid "Pick a PEM encoded certificate file" msgstr "PEMエンコードされた証明書ファイルを選択してください" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:180 -#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:69 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:180 src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:69 msgid "Pick a PEM encoded certificate key file" msgstr "PEMエンコードされた証明書鍵ファイルを選択してください" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:186 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:186 msgid "Gateway pre-shared key" msgstr "ゲートウェイ既知共有鍵" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:192 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:192 msgid "Gateway certificate" msgstr "ゲートウェイ証明書" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:194 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:194 msgid "Path to certificate file" msgstr "証明書ファイルへのパス" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:195 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:198 -#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:50 -#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:53 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:195 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:198 +#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:50 +#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:53 msgid "Pick.." msgstr "選択.." -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:197 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:197 msgid "Path to certificate key file" msgstr "証明書鍵ファイルへのパス" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:202 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:202 msgid "User credentials for Android, iOS, MacOS X clients" msgstr "Android、iOS、MacOS Xクライアント用のユーザ資格情報" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:203 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:212 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:203 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:212 msgid "Username" msgstr "ユーザ名" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:203 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:212 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:203 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:212 msgid "Password" msgstr "パスワード" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:205 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:214 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:205 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:214 msgid "Add" msgstr "追加" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:206 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:215 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:206 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:215 msgid "Delete" msgstr "削除" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:207 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:216 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:207 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:216 msgid "Show Password" msgstr "パスワードの表示" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:211 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:211 msgid "User credentials for Windows 7, Windows 8 clients" msgstr "Windows 7、Windows 8クライアント用のユーザ資格情報" -#. Return a user-friendly brief description of the connection. -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:199 +#. Return a user-friendly brief description of the connection. +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:199 msgid "Gateway - PSK" msgstr "ゲートウェイ - PSK" -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:201 +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:201 msgid "Gateway - Certificate" msgstr "ゲートウェイ - 証明書" -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:203 +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:203 msgid "Gateway - Mobile clients" msgstr "ゲートウェイ - モバイルクライアント" -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:205 +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:205 msgid "Gateway - Windows clients" msgstr "ゲートウェイ - Windowsクライアント" -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:207 +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:207 msgid "Client - PSK" msgstr "クライアント - PSK" -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:209 +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:209 msgid "Client - Certificate" msgstr "クライアント - 証明書" -#. Load parameters from connections of known scenarios -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:239 +#. Load parameters from connections of known scenarios +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:239 msgid "" "ipsec.conf and ipsec.secrets have been manipulated outside of this module.\n" "Continue using the module will remove your customisation." @@ -185,13 +181,13 @@ "ipsec.confおよびipsec.secretsは、このモジュールの外側で操作されています。\n" "モジュールの使用を続けると、カスタマイズ内容が削除されます。" -#. Create a new connection, by default it is a site-to-site client. Return true if successful. -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:310 +#. Create a new connection, by default it is a site-to-site client. Return true if successful. +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:310 msgid "The connection name is already used." msgstr "この接続名はすでに使用されています。" -#. Find an unused gateway scenario -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:327 +#. Find an unused gateway scenario +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:327 msgid "" "You may only have one gateway connection per scenario.\n" "All of gateway scenarios are already used." @@ -199,8 +195,8 @@ "1つのシナリオあたり1つのゲートウェイ接続のみを設定することができます。\n" "すべてのゲートウェイシナリオがすでに使用されています。" -#. Warn against duplicated configuration -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:344 +#. Warn against duplicated configuration +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:344 msgid "" "The scenario is already configured with another gateway.\n" "You may not have two gateways operating under one scenario." @@ -208,53 +204,53 @@ "このシナリオはすでに別のゲートウェイに対して設定されています。\n" "1つのシナリオの下で2つのゲートウェイを稼働させることはできません。" -#. Create the user (:xauth or :eap). Return true if successful. -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:442 +#. Create the user (:xauth or :eap). Return true if successful. +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:442 msgid "The user name is already used." msgstr "このユーザ名はすでに使用されています。" -#. Set client certificate/key for a connection to remote gateway. Return true if successful, otherwise false. -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:506 +#. Set client certificate/key for a connection to remote gateway. Return true if successful, otherwise false. +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:506 msgid "Cannot find a matching client connection." msgstr "一致するクライアント接続が見つかりません。" -#. Render global options, connection list, and connection configuration frames. -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:60 +#. Render global options, connection list, and connection configuration frames. +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:60 msgid "VPN Gateway and Client" msgstr "VPNゲートウェイおよびクライアント" -#. Left side: global config & connection management -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:66 +#. Left side: global config & connection management +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:66 msgid "Global Configuration" msgstr "グローバルな設定" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:68 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:68 msgid "Enable VPN daemon" msgstr "VPNデーモンを有効にします" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:70 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:70 msgid "Reduce TCP MSS" msgstr "TCP MSSの削減" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:73 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:73 msgid "All VPNs" msgstr "すべてのVPN" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:76 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:76 msgid "New VPN" msgstr "新しいVPN" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:77 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:77 msgid "Delete VPN" msgstr "VPNの削除" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:79 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:79 msgid "View Connection Status" msgstr "接続ステータスの表示" -#. Event handlers -#. Display a help text to let user know why reducing MSS is sometimes necessary. -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:103 +#. Event handlers +#. Display a help text to let user know why reducing MSS is sometimes necessary. +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:103 msgid "" "If VPN clients have trouble accessing certain Internet sites, it is possible that the affected hosts prevent automatic MTU (maximum transmission unit) discovery due to incorrect firewall configuration.\n" "Reducing TCP-MSS will correct the situation; however, the available bandwidth will be reduced by about 10%." @@ -262,22 +258,22 @@ "VPNクライアントで特定のインターネットサイトにアクセスする際にトラブルが発生した場合、影響を受けるホストで、間違ったファイアウォール設定のために自動MTU (最大転送単位)検出が行われなくなる可能性があります。\n" "TCP-MSSを削減すると、この状況が修正されます。ただし、利用可能な帯域幅が約10%削減されます。" -#. Delete the chosen VPN connection. -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:124 +#. Delete the chosen VPN connection. +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:124 msgid "Delete connection" msgstr "接続の削除" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:125 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:125 msgid "Are you sure to delete connection " msgstr "接続を削除してもよろしいですか " -#. Check for incomplete configuration -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:144 +#. Check for incomplete configuration +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:144 msgid "Please complete configuration for the following connections:\n" msgstr "以下の接続に対する設定を完了してください:\n" -#. Consider enabling the daemon -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:151 +#. Consider enabling the daemon +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:151 msgid "" "There are VPN connections but the daemon is not enabled.\n" "Would you like to enable the VPN daemon?" @@ -285,125 +281,125 @@ "VPN接続が設定されていますが、デーモンが有効になっていません。\n" "VPNデーモンを有効にしますか?" -#. Ask user whether he wants to view daemon log -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:172 +#. Ask user whether he wants to view daemon log +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:172 msgid "Settings have been successfully applied." msgstr "設定が正常に適用されました。" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:174 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:174 msgid "Failed to configure IPSec daemon." msgstr "IPSecデーモンを設定できませんでした。" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:177 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:177 msgid "Would you like to view daemon log and connection status?" msgstr "デーモンログと接続ステータスを表示しますか?" -#. Open dialog to edit VPN client passwords/certificates. -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:289 +#. Open dialog to edit VPN client passwords/certificates. +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:289 msgid "Please enter gateway IP before editing credentials." msgstr "資格情報を編集する前にゲートウェイIPを入力してください。" -#. Render a table of configured gateway and client connections. -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:365 +#. Render a table of configured gateway and client connections. +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:365 msgid "Name" msgstr "名前" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:365 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:365 msgid "Description" msgstr "説明" -#. Render configuration controls for the chosen connection. -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:380 +#. Render configuration controls for the chosen connection. +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:380 msgid "Click 'New VPN' to create a gateway or client." msgstr "［新しいVPN］をクリックして、ゲートウェイまたはクライアントを作成してください。" -#. Make widgets for connection configuration -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:390 +#. Make widgets for connection configuration +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:390 msgid "All IPv4 networks (0.0.0.0/0)" msgstr "すべてのIPv4ネットワーク (0.0.0.0/0)" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:391 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:391 msgid "All IPv6 networks (::/0)" msgstr "すべてのIPv6ネットワーク (::/0)" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:393 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:393 msgid "Limited CIDRs, comma separated:" msgstr "制限付きCIDR、コンマ区切り:" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:399 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:399 msgid "Connection name: " msgstr "接続名: " -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:400 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:400 msgid "Type" msgstr "種類" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:402 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:402 msgid "Gateway (Server)" msgstr "ゲートウェイ (サーバ)" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:403 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:403 msgid "Client" msgstr "クライアント" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:410 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:410 msgid "The scenario is" msgstr "シナリオは" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:412 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:412 msgid "Secure communication with a pre-shared key" msgstr "既知共有鍵で通信のセキュリティを確保する" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:413 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:413 msgid "Secure communication with a certificate" msgstr "証明書で通信のセキュリティを確保する" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:414 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:414 msgid "Provide access to Android, iOS, MacOS X clients" msgstr "Android、iOS、MacOS Xクライアントへのアクセスを提供する" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:415 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:415 msgid "Provide access to Windows 7, Windows 8 clients" msgstr "Windows 7、Windows 8クライアントへのアクセスを提供する" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:417 src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:431 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:417 src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:431 msgid "Edit Credentials" msgstr "資格情報の編集" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:420 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:420 msgid "Provide VPN clients access to" msgstr "VPNクライアントのアクセス提供先" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:421 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:421 msgid "Clients' address pool (e.g. 192.168.100.0/24)" msgstr "クライアントのアドレスプール (例 192.168.100.0/24)" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:425 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:425 msgid "The gateway requires authentication" msgstr "ゲートウェイでは認証が必要です" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:427 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:427 msgid "By a pre-shared key" msgstr "既知共有鍵による" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:428 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:428 msgid "By a certificate" msgstr "証明書による" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:430 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:430 msgid "VPN gateway IP" msgstr "VPNゲートウェイIP" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:434 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:434 msgid "Use the VPN tunnel to access" msgstr "VPNトンネルを使用してアクセスする" -#. They are however allowed in password -#: src/lib/vpn/new_user_dialog.rb:64 +#. They are however allowed in password +#: src/lib/vpn/new_user_dialog.rb:64 msgid "Please enter both username and password." msgstr "ユーザ名とパスワードの両方を入力してください。" -#: src/lib/vpn/new_user_dialog.rb:68 +#: src/lib/vpn/new_user_dialog.rb:68 msgid "" "Please refrain from using special characters and spaces in the username.\n" "Acceptable characters are: A-Z, a-z, 0-9, dash, underscore" @@ -411,17 +407,17 @@ "ユーザ名に特殊文字やスペースを使用しないでください。\n" "許容される文字: A-Z、a-z、0-9、ダッシュ、アンダースコア" -#. Create a new VPN connection - by default it is a site-to-site gateway. -#: src/lib/vpn/new_vpn_dialog.rb:46 +#. Create a new VPN connection - by default it is a site-to-site gateway. +#: src/lib/vpn/new_vpn_dialog.rb:46 msgid "Please enter a name for the new VPN connection" msgstr "新しいVPN接続の名前を入力してください" -#. Return :ok if new VPN connection is created, otherwise :cancel. -#: src/lib/vpn/new_vpn_dialog.rb:58 +#. Return :ok if new VPN connection is created, otherwise :cancel. +#: src/lib/vpn/new_vpn_dialog.rb:58 msgid "Please enter a VPN connection name." msgstr "VPN接続名を入力してください。" -#: src/lib/vpn/new_vpn_dialog.rb:62 +#: src/lib/vpn/new_vpn_dialog.rb:62 msgid "" "Please refrain from using special characters and spaces in the name.\n" "Acceptable characters are: A-Z, a-z, 0-9, dash, underscore\n" @@ -431,44 +427,44 @@ "許容される文字: A-Z、a-z、0-9、ダッシュ、アンダースコア\n" "名前の最初の文字は英字でなければなりません。" -#. Ask for a new certificate/key combination for a VPN client -#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:49 +#. Ask for a new certificate/key combination for a VPN client +#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:49 msgid "Path to certificate file:" msgstr "証明書ファイルへのパス:" -#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:52 +#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:52 msgid "Path to certificate key file:" msgstr "証明書鍵ファイルへのパス:" -#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:54 +#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:54 msgid "Please do not store the key in the certificate file itself." msgstr "証明書ファイル自体に鍵を保存しないでください。" -#. Return tuple of certificate and certificate key locations. -#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:80 +#. Return tuple of certificate and certificate key locations. +#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:80 msgid "Please enter both certificate file and key file." msgstr "証明書ファイルと鍵ファイルの両方を入力してください。" -#. Return password string. -#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_psk_dialog.rb:59 +#. Return password string. +#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_psk_dialog.rb:59 msgid "Please enter a password." msgstr "パスワードを入力してください。" -#. View log dialog displays current status about all IPSec connections. -#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:49 +#. View log dialog displays current status about all IPSec connections. +#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:49 msgid "The logs are refreshed automatically every 3 seconds." msgstr "ログは自動的に3秒ごとに更新されます。" -#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:51 +#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:51 msgid "Restart VPN Daemon" msgstr "VPNデーモンの再起動" -#. Restart IPSec daemon service. -#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:76 +#. Restart IPSec daemon service. +#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:76 msgid "Confirm daemon restart" msgstr "デーモンの再起動の確認" -#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:77 +#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:77 msgid "" "Existing connections will be interrupted.\n" "Do you still wish to continue?" @@ -476,32 +472,32 @@ "既存の接続が中断されます。\n" "続行しますか?" -#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:81 +#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:81 msgid "Failed to restart IPSec daemon" msgstr "IPSecデーモンを再起動することができませんでした" -#. Read daemon status and refresh the content of log views. -#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:100 +#. Read daemon status and refresh the content of log views. +#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:100 msgid "Status not available: is the daemon running?" msgstr "ステータスが利用できません: デーモンが実行されていますか?" -#. Install packages -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:174 +#. Install packages +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:174 msgid "Failed to install IPSec packages." msgstr "IPSecパッケージのインストールに失敗しました。" -#. Enable/disable daemon -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:182 +#. Enable/disable daemon +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:182 msgid "Failed to start IPSec daemon." msgstr "IPSecデーモンを開始することができませんでした。" -#. Configure IP forwarding -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:212 +#. Configure IP forwarding +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:212 msgid "Failed to apply IP forwarding settings using sysctl:" msgstr "sysctlを使用してIP転送設定を適用できませんでした:" -#. Configure/deconfigure firewall -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:228 +#. Configure/deconfigure firewall +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:228 msgid "" "SuSE firewall is enabled but not activated.\n" "In order for VPN to function properly, SuSE firewall will now be activated." @@ -509,11 +505,11 @@ "SuSEファイアウォールは有効化されていますがアクティブになっていません。\n" "VPNを適切に機能させるために、今すぐSuSEファイアウォールがアクティブになります。" -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:232 src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:237 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:232 src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:237 msgid "Failed to restart SuSE firewall." msgstr "SuSEファイアウォールを再起動できませんでした。" -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:243 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:243 msgid "" "Both VPN gateway and clients require special SuSE firewall configuration.\n" "SuSE firewall is not enabled, therefore you must manually run the configuration script on every reboot. The script will be run now.\n" @@ -523,29 +519,29 @@ "SuSEファイアウォールが有効化されていないため、再起動するたびに設定スクリプトを手動で実行する必要があります。今すぐスクリプトが実行されます。\n" "スクリプトは %s にあります" -#. AutoYaST: Return a rich text summary of the current configuration. -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:282 +#. AutoYaST: Return a rich text summary of the current configuration. +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:282 msgid "VPN Global Settings" msgstr "VPNグローバル設定" -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:283 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:283 msgid "Enable VPN (IPSec) daemon: %s" msgstr "VPN (IPSec) デーモンを有効にする: %s" -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:284 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:284 msgid "Reduce TCP MSS: %s" msgstr "TCP MSSを削減する: %s" -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:285 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:285 msgid "Gateway and Connections" msgstr "ゲートウェイと接続" -#. Gateway summary -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:291 +#. Gateway summary +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:291 msgid "A gateway serving clients in " msgstr "ゲートウェイがクライアントにサービスを提供する場所 " -#. Client summary -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:295 +#. Client summary +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:295 msgid "A client connecting to " msgstr "クライアントの接続先 " Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/wol.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/wol.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:10:13 UTC (rev 96848) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/wol.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:11:19 UTC (rev 96849) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: wol\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:40\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/xpram.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/xpram.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:10:13 UTC (rev 96848) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/xpram.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:11:19 UTC (rev 96849) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: xpram\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:40\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/yast2-apparmor.ja.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/yast2-apparmor.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:10:13 UTC (rev 96848) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/ja/po/yast2-apparmor.ja.po 2016-09-13 12:11:19 UTC (rev 96849) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2-apparmor\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:40\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language@novell.com>\n"